CCE Identifiers in Guide to the Secure Configuration of SUSE Linux Enterprise 15


CCE ID Rule Title Description
CCE-91195-8 Prefer to use a 64-bit Operating System when supported Prefer installation of 64-bit operating systems when the CPU supports it.
CCE-91341-8 Disable Prelinking The prelinking feature changes binaries in an attempt to decrease their startup time. In order to disable it, change or add the following line inside the file /etc/sysconfig/prelink:
PRELINKING=no
Next, run the following command to return binaries to a normal, non-prelinked state:
$ sudo /usr/sbin/prelink -ua
CCE-85788-8 Verify File Hashes with RPM Without cryptographic integrity protections, system executables and files can be altered by unauthorized users without detection. The RPM package management system can check the hashes of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. To verify that the cryptographic hash of system files and commands matches vendor values, run the following command to list which files on the system have hashes that differ from what is expected by the RPM database:
$ rpm -Va --noconfig | grep '^..5'
If the file was not expected to change, investigate the cause of the change using audit logs or other means. The package can then be reinstalled to restore the file. Run the following command to determine which package owns the file:
$ rpm -qf FILENAME
          
The package can be reinstalled from a zypper repository using the command:
$ sudo zypper reinstall PACKAGENAME
          
Alternatively, the package can be reinstalled from trusted media using the command:
$ sudo rpm -Uvh PACKAGENAME
          
CCE-91290-7 Verify and Correct Ownership with RPM The RPM package management system can check file ownership permissions of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. After locating a file with incorrect permissions, which can be found with:
rpm -Va | awk '{ if (substr($0,6,1)=="U" || substr($0,7,1)=="G") print $NF }'
run the following command to determine which package owns it:
$ rpm -qf FILENAME
          
Next, run the following command to reset its permissions to the correct values:
$ sudo rpm --restore PACKAGENAME
          
CCE-85782-1 Verify and Correct File Permissions with RPM The RPM package management system can check file access permissions of installed software packages, including many that are important to system security. Verify that the file permissions of system files and commands match vendor values. Check the file permissions with the following command:
$ sudo rpm -Va | awk '{ if (substr($0,2,1)=="M") print $NF }'
Output indicates files that do not match vendor defaults. After locating a file with incorrect permissions, run the following command to determine which package owns it:
$ rpm -qf FILENAME
          

Next, run the following command to reset its permissions to the correct values:
$ sudo rpm --restore PACKAGENAME
          
CCE-83289-9 Install AIDE The aide package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install aide
CCE-85787-0 Build and Test AIDE Database Run the following command to generate a new database:
$ sudo /usr/bin/aide --init
By default, the database will be written to the file /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new. Storing the database, the configuration file /etc/aide.conf, and the binary /usr/bin/aide (or hashes of these files), in a secure location (such as on read-only media) provides additional assurance about their integrity. The newly-generated database can be installed as follows:
$ sudo cp /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new /var/lib/aide/aide.db
To initiate a manual check, run the following command:
$ sudo /usr/bin/aide --check
If this check produces any unexpected output, investigate.
CCE-85610-4 Configure AIDE to Verify the Audit Tools The operating system file integrity tool must be configured to protect the integrity of the audit tools.
CCE-92516-4 Configure Systemd Timer Execution of AIDE At a minimum, AIDE should be configured to run a weekly scan. To implement a systemd service and a timer unit to run the service periodically: For example, if a systemd timer is expected to be started every day at 5AM
OnCalendar=*-*-* 05:00:0
[Timer]
section in the timer unit and a Unit section starting the AIDE check service unit should be referred.
CCE-85671-6 Configure Periodic Execution of AIDE At a minimum, AIDE should be configured to run a weekly scan. To implement a daily execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab:
05 4 * * * root /usr/bin/aide --check
To implement a weekly execution of AIDE at 4:05am using cron, add the following line to /etc/crontab:
05 4 * * 0 root /usr/bin/aide --check
AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example. The usage of cron's special time codes, such as @daily and @weekly is acceptable.
CCE-91214-7 Configure Notification of Post-AIDE Scan Details AIDE should notify appropriate personnel of the details of a scan after the scan has been run. If AIDE has already been configured for periodic execution in /etc/crontab, append the following line to the existing AIDE line:
 | /bin/mail -s "$(hostname) - AIDE Integrity Check" root@localhost
Otherwise, add the following line to /etc/crontab:
05 4 * * * root /usr/bin/aide --check | /bin/mail -s "$(hostname) - AIDE Integrity Check" root@localhost
AIDE can be executed periodically through other means; this is merely one example.
CCE-85623-7 Configure AIDE to Verify Access Control Lists (ACLs) By default, the acl option is added to the FIPSR ruleset in AIDE. If using a custom ruleset or the acl option is missing, add acl to the appropriate ruleset. For example, add acl to the following line in /etc/aide.conf:
FIPSR = p+i+n+u+g+s+m+c+acl+selinux+xattrs+sha256
AIDE rules can be configured in multiple ways; this is merely one example that is already configured by default. The remediation provided with this rule adds acl to all rule sets available in /etc/aide.conf
CCE-85624-5 Configure AIDE to Verify Extended Attributes By default, the xattrs option is added to the FIPSR ruleset in AIDE. If using a custom ruleset or the xattrs option is missing, add xattrs to the appropriate ruleset. For example, add xattrs to the following line in /etc/aide.conf:
FIPSR = p+i+n+u+g+s+m+c+acl+selinux+xattrs+sha256
AIDE rules can be configured in multiple ways; this is merely one example that is already configured by default. The remediation provided with this rule adds xattrs to all rule sets available in /etc/aide.conf
CCE-85763-1 Verify '/proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled' exists On a system where FIPS 140-2 mode is enabled, /proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled must exist. To verify FIPS mode, run the following command:
cat /proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled
CCE-85776-3 Configure System Cryptography Policy To configure the system cryptography policy to use ciphers only from the policy, run the following command:
$ sudo update-crypto-policies --set 
         
The rule checks if settings for selected crypto policy are configured as expected. Configuration files in the /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends are either symlinks to correct files provided by Crypto-policies package or they are regular files in case crypto policy customizations are applied. Crypto policies may be customized by crypto policy modules, in which case it is delimited from the base policy using a colon.
CCE-85795-3 Configure SSH to use System Crypto Policy Crypto Policies provide a centralized control over crypto algorithms usage of many packages. SSH is supported by crypto policy, but the SSH configuration may be set up to ignore it. To check that Crypto Policies settings are configured correctly, ensure that the CRYPTO_POLICY variable is either commented or not set at all in the /etc/sysconfig/sshd.
Harden SSH client Crypto Policy Crypto Policies are means of enforcing certain cryptographic settings for selected applications including OpenSSH client. To override the system wide crypto policy for Openssh client, place a file in the /etc/ssh/ssh_config.d/ so that it is loaded before the 05-redhat.conf. In this case it is file named 02-ospp.conf containing parameters which need to be changed with respect to the crypto policy. This rule checks if the file exists and if it contains required parameters and values which modify the Crypto Policy. During the parsing process, as soon as Openssh client parses some configuration option and its value, it remembers it and ignores any subsequent overrides. The customization mechanism provided by crypto policies appends eventual customizations at the end of the system wide crypto policy. Therefore, if the crypto policy customization overrides some parameter which is already configured in the system wide crypto policy, the SSH client will not honor that customized parameter.
Harden SSHD Crypto Policy Crypto Policies are means of enforcing certain cryptographic settings for selected applications including OpenSSH server. The SSHD service is by default configured to modify its configuration based on currently configured Crypto-Policy. However, in certain cases it might be needed to override the Crypto Policy specific to OpenSSH Server and leave rest of the Crypto Policy intact. This can be done by dropping a file named opensshserver-xxx.config, replacing xxx with arbitrary identifier, into /etc/crypto-policies/local.d. This has to be followed by running update-crypto-policies so that changes are applied. Changes are propagated into /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/opensshserver.config. This rule checks if this file contains predefined CRYPTO_POLICY environment variable configured with predefined value.
The Installed Operating System Is FIPS 140-2 Certified To enable processing of sensitive information the operating system must provide certified cryptographic modules compliant with FIPS 140-2 standard. SUSE Enterprise Linux is supported by SUSE Software Solutions Germany GmbH. As the SUSE Enterprise Linux vendor, SUSE Software Solutions Germany GmbH is responsible for maintaining government certifications and standards.
CCE-83260-0 The Installed Operating System Is Vendor Supported The installed operating system must be maintained by a vendor. SUSE Linux Enterprise is supported by SUSE. As the SUSE Linux Enterprise vendor, SUSE is responsible for providing security patches.
Configure Backups of User Data The operating system must conduct backups of user data contained in the operating system. The operating system provides utilities for automating backups of user data. Commercial and open-source products are also available.
CCE-92487-8 Ensure McAfee Endpoint Security for Linux (ENSL) is running Install McAfee Endpoint Security for Linux antivirus software which is provided for DoD systems and uses signatures to search for the presence of viruses on the filesystem.
CCE-85719-3 Encrypt Partitions SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 natively supports partition encryption through the Linux Unified Key Setup-on-disk-format (LUKS) technology. The easiest way to encrypt a partition is during installation time.

For manual installations, select the Encrypt checkbox during partition creation to encrypt the partition. When this option is selected the system will prompt for a passphrase to use in decrypting the partition. The passphrase will subsequently need to be entered manually every time the system boots.

Detailed information on encrypting partitions using LUKS or LUKS ciphers can be found on the SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 Documentation web site:
https://documentation.suse.com/sles/15-SP2/html/SLES-all/cha-security-cryptofs.html .
CCE-91176-8 Ensure /boot Located On Separate Partition It is recommended that the /boot directory resides on a separate partition. This makes it easier to apply restrictions e.g. through the noexec mount option. Eventually, the /boot partition can be configured not to be mounted automatically with the noauto mount option.
CCE-92477-9 Ensure /dev/shm is configured The /dev/shm is a traditional shared memory concept. One program will create a memory portion, which other processes (if permitted) can access. If /dev/shm is not configured, tmpfs will be mounted to /dev/shm by systemd.
CCE-85639-3 Ensure /home Located On Separate Partition If user home directories will be stored locally, create a separate partition for /home at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If /home will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the mountpoint can instead be configured later.
CCE-91177-6 Ensure /opt Located On Separate Partition It is recommended that the /opt directory resides on a separate partition.
CCE-91178-4 Ensure /srv Located On Separate Partition If a file server (FTP, TFTP...) is hosted locally, create a separate partition for /srv at installation time (or migrate it later using LVM). If /srv will be mounted from another system such as an NFS server, then creating a separate partition is not necessary at installation time, and the mountpoint can instead be configured later.
CCE-91179-2 Ensure /tmp Located On Separate Partition The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.
CCE-91180-0 Ensure /usr Located On Separate Partition It is recommended that the /usr directory resides on a separate partition.
CCE-85640-1 Ensure /var Located On Separate Partition The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to store frequently-changing data. Ensure that /var has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.
CCE-91181-8 Ensure /var/log Located On Separate Partition System logs are stored in the /var/log directory. Ensure that /var/log has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.
CCE-85618-7 Ensure /var/log/audit Located On Separate Partition Audit logs are stored in the /var/log/audit directory. Ensure that /var/log/audit has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM. Make absolutely certain that it is large enough to store all audit logs that will be created by the auditing daemon.
CCE-91182-6 Ensure /var/tmp Located On Separate Partition The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary file storage. Ensure it has its own partition or logical volume at installation time, or migrate it using LVM.
Ensure tmp.mount Unit Is Enabled The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary file storage. This directory is managed by systemd-tmpfiles. Ensure that the tmp.mount systemd unit is enabled.
CCE-92502-4 Remove the GDM Package Group By removing the gdm package, the system no longer has GNOME installed installed. If X Windows is not installed then the system cannot boot into graphical user mode. This prevents the system from being accidentally or maliciously booted into a graphical.target mode. To do so, run the following command:
$ sudo yum remove gdm
CCE-83288-1 Make sure that the dconf databases are up-to-date with regards to respective keyfiles By default, DConf uses a binary database as a data backend. The system-level database is compiled from keyfiles in the /etc/dconf/db/ directory by the
dconf update
command. More specifically, content present in the following directories:
/etc/dconf/db/gdm.d
/etc/dconf/db/local.d
CCE-83267-5 Configure GNOME3 DConf User Profile By default, DConf provides a standard user profile. This profile contains a list of DConf configuration databases. The user profile and database always take the highest priority. As such the DConf User profile should always exist and be configured correctly.

To make sure that the user profile is configured correctly, the /etc/dconf/profile/gdm should be set as follows:
user-db:user
system-db:gdm
CCE-92520-6 Disable the GNOME3 Login User List In the default graphical environment, users logging directly into the system are greeted with a login screen that displays all known users. This functionality should be disabled by setting disable-user-list to true.

To disable, add or edit disable-user-list to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/00-security-settings. For example:
[org/gnome/login-screen]
disable-user-list=true
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/login-screen/disable-user-list
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.
CCE-85723-5 Disable GDM Unattended or Automatic Login The GNOME Display Manager (GDM) can allow users to automatically login without user interaction or credentials or unattended login. User should always be required to authenticate themselves to the system that they are authorized to use. To disable user ability to automatically login to the system, set the DISPLAYMANAGER_AUTOLOGIN="" or DISPLAYMANAGER_PASSWORD_LESS_LOGIN="no" in the /etc/sysconfig/displaymanager. For example:
DISPLAYMANAGER_AUTOLOGIN=""
DISPLAYMANAGER_PASSWORD_LESS_LOGIN="no"
Disable XDMCP in GDM XDMCP is an unencrypted protocol, and therefore, presents a security risk, see e.g. XDMCP Gnome docs. To disable XDMCP support in Gnome, set Enable to false under the [xdmcp] configuration section in /etc/gdm/custom.conf. For example:
[xdmcp]
Enable=false
CCE-85777-1 Require Credential Prompting for Remote Access in GNOME3 By default, GNOME does not require credentials when using Vino for remote access. To configure the system to require remote credentials, add or set authentication-methods to ['vnc'] in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:
[org/gnome/Vino]
authentication-methods=['vnc']
Once the settings have been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/Vino/authentication-methods
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.
CCE-85822-5 Require Encryption for Remote Access in GNOME3 By default, GNOME requires encryption when using Vino for remote access. To prevent remote access encryption from being disabled, add or set require-encryption to true in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:
[org/gnome/Vino]
require-encryption=true
Once the settings have been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/Vino/require-encryption
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.
CCE-85783-9 Enable GNOME3 Screensaver Idle Activation To activate the screensaver in the GNOME3 desktop after a period of inactivity, add or set idle-activation-enabled to true in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:
[org/gnome/desktop/screensaver]
idle-activation-enabled=true
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/idle-activation-enabled
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.
CCE-85669-0 Set GNOME3 Screensaver Inactivity Timeout The idle time-out value for inactivity in the GNOME3 desktop is configured via the idle-delay setting must be set under an appropriate configuration file(s) in the /etc/dconf/db/local.d directory and locked in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks directory to prevent user modification.

For example, to configure the system for a 15 minute delay, add the following to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings:
[org/gnome/desktop/session]
idle-delay=uint32 900
CCE-85766-4 Enable GNOME3 Screensaver Lock After Idle Period To activate locking of the screensaver in the GNOME3 desktop when it is activated, run the following command to configure the SUSE operating system to allow the user to lock the GUI:
gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.lockdown disable-lock-screen false
Validate that disable-lock-screen has been set to false with the command:
gsettings get org.gnome.desktop.lockdown disable-lock-screen
CCE-85715-1 Implement Blank Screensaver On SUSE users should set the screensaver to use publicly viewable images or blank screen by doing the following: Find the Settings menu and then navigate to the Background selection section - Click "Activities" on the top left. - Click "Show Applications" at the bottom of the Activities menu. - Click the "Settings" icon. - Click "Background" from left hand menu. - Select image and set the Lock Screen image to the user's choice. - Exit Settings Dialog. To set the screensaver mode in the GNOME3 desktop to a blank screen, add or set picture-uri to string '' in /etc/dconf/db/local.d/00-security-settings. For example:
[org/gnome/desktop/screensaver]
picture-uri=string ''
Once the settings have been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/screensaver/picture-uri
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.
CCE-91245-1 Ensure Users Cannot Change GNOME3 Session Idle Settings If not already configured, ensure that users cannot change GNOME3 session idle settings by adding /org/gnome/desktop/session/idle-delay to /etc/dconf/db/local.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/desktop/session/idle-delay
After the settings have been set, run dconf update.
CCE-91183-4 Install sudo Package The sudo package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install sudo
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/sudoers.d Directory To properly set the group owner of /etc/sudoers.d, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/sudoers.d
Verify User Who Owns /etc/sudoers.d Directory To properly set the owner of /etc/sudoers.d, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/sudoers.d 
Verify Permissions On /etc/sudoers.d Directory To properly set the permissions of /etc/sudoers.d, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0750 /etc/sudoers.d
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/sudoers File To properly set the group owner of /etc/sudoers, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/sudoers
Verify User Who Owns /etc/sudoers File To properly set the owner of /etc/sudoers, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/sudoers 
Verify Permissions On /etc/sudoers File To properly set the permissions of /etc/sudoers, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0440 /etc/sudoers
Ensure That the sudo Binary Has the Correct Permissions To properly set the permissions of /usr/bin/sudo, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 4111 /usr/bin/sudo
CCE-91184-2 Ensure sudo Runs In A Minimal Environment - sudo env_reset The sudo env_reset tag, when specified, will run the command in a minimal environment, containing the TERM, PATH, HOME, MAIL, SHELL, LOGNAME, USER and SUDO_* variables. This should be enabled by making sure that the env_reset tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91185-9 Ensure sudo Ignores Commands In Current Dir - sudo ignore_dot The sudo ignore_dot tag, when specified, will ignore the current directory in the PATH environment variable. This should be enabled by making sure that the ignore_dot tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91186-7 Ensure Privileged Escalated Commands Cannot Execute Other Commands - sudo NOEXEC The sudo NOEXEC tag, when specified, prevents user executed commands from executing other commands, like a shell for example. This should be enabled by making sure that the NOEXEC tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91187-5 Ensure sudo passwd_timeout is appropriate - sudo passwd_timeout The sudo passwd_timeout tag sets the amount of time sudo password prompt waits. The passwd_timeout should be configured by making sure that the passwd_timeout= tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91188-3 Ensure Only Users Logged In To Real tty Can Execute Sudo - sudo requiretty The sudo requiretty tag, when specified, will only execute sudo commands from users logged in to a real tty. This should be enabled by making sure that the requiretty tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91189-1 Ensure sudo umask is appropriate - sudo umask The sudo umask tag, when specified, will be added the to the user's umask in the command environment. The umask should be configured by making sure that the umask= tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91190-9 Ensure Only Users Logged In To Real tty Can Execute Sudo - sudo use_pty The sudo use_pty tag, when specified, will only execute sudo commands from users logged in to a real tty. This should be enabled by making sure that the use_pty tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91311-1 Ensure Sudo Logfile Exists - sudo logfile A custom log sudo file can be configured with the 'logfile' tag. This rule configures a sudo custom logfile at the default location suggested by CIS, which uses /var/log/sudo.log.
CCE-91191-7 Ensure a dedicated group owns sudo Restrict the execution of privilege escalated commands to a dedicated group of users. Ensure the group owner of /usr/bin/sudo is .
CCE-83291-5 Ensure Users Re-Authenticate for Privilege Escalation - sudo !authenticate The sudo !authenticate option, when specified, allows a user to execute commands using sudo without having to authenticate. This should be disabled by making sure that the !authenticate option does not exist in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-85663-3 Ensure Users Re-Authenticate for Privilege Escalation - sudo NOPASSWD The sudo NOPASSWD tag, when specified, allows a user to execute commands using sudo without having to authenticate. This should be disabled by making sure that the NOPASSWD tag does not exist in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-85673-2 Ensure Users Re-Authenticate for Privilege Escalation - sudo The sudo NOPASSWD and !authenticate option, when specified, allows a user to execute commands using sudo without having to authenticate. This should be disabled by making sure that NOPASSWD and/or !authenticate do not exist in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/."
CCE-85764-9 Require Re-Authentication When Using the sudo Command The sudo timestamp_timeout tag sets the amount of time sudo password prompt waits. The default timestamp_timeout value is 5 minutes. The timestamp_timeout should be configured by making sure that the timestamp_timeout tag exists in /etc/sudoers configuration file or any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/. If the value is set to an integer less than 0, the user's time stamp will not expire and the user will not have to re-authenticate for privileged actions until the user's session is terminated.
CCE-85712-8 The operating system must restrict privilege elevation to authorized personnel The sudo command allows a user to execute programs with elevated (administrator) privileges. It prompts the user for their password and confirms your request to execute a command by checking a file, called sudoers. Restrict privileged actions by removing the following entries from the sudoers file: ALL ALL=(ALL) ALL ALL ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL
Only the VDSM User Can Use sudo NOPASSWD The sudo NOPASSWD tag, when specified, allows a user to execute commands using sudo without having to authenticate. Only the vdsm user should have this capability in any sudo configuration snippets in /etc/sudoers.d/.
CCE-91151-1 Ensure sudo only includes the default configuration directory Administrators can configure authorized sudo users via drop-in files, and it is possible to include other directories and configuration files from the file currently being parsed. Make sure that /etc/sudoers only includes drop-in configuration files from /etc/sudoers.d, or that no drop-in file is included. Either the /etc/sudoers should contain only one #includedir directive pointing to /etc/sudoers.d, and no file in /etc/sudoers.d/ should include other files or directories; Or the /etc/sudoers should not contain any #include, @include, #includedir or @includedir directives. Note that the '#' character doesn't denote a comment in the configuration file.
CCE-91192-5 Explicit arguments in sudo specifications All commands in the sudoers file must strictly specify the arguments allowed to be used for a given user. If the command is supposed to be executed only without arguments, pass "" as an argument in the corresponding user specification.
CCE-91193-3 Don't define allowed commands in sudoers by means of exclusion Policies applied by sudo through the sudoers file should not involve negation. Each user specification in the sudoers file contains a comma-delimited list of command specifications. The definition can make use glob patterns, as well as of negations. Indirect definition of those commands by means of exclusion of a set of commands is trivial to bypass, so it is not allowed to use such constructs.
CCE-91194-1 Don't target root user in the sudoers file The targeted users of a user specification should be, as much as possible, non privileged users (i.e.: non-root). User specifications have to explicitly list the runas spec (i.e. the list of target users that can be impersonated), and ALL or root should not be used.
CCE-85747-4 Ensure invoking users password for privilege escalation when using sudo The sudoers security policy requires that users authenticate themselves before they can use sudo. When sudoers requires authentication, it validates the invoking user's credentials. The expected output for:
 sudo cvtsudoers -f sudoers /etc/sudoers | grep -E '^Defaults !?(rootpw|targetpw|runaspw)$' 
 Defaults !targetpw
      Defaults !rootpw
      Defaults !runaspw 
or if cvtsudoers not supported:
 sudo find /etc/sudoers /etc/sudoers.d \( \! -name '*~' -a \! -name '*.*' \) -exec grep -E --with-filename '^[[:blank:]]*Defaults[[:blank:]](.*[[:blank:]])?!?\b(rootpw|targetpw|runaspw)' -- {} \; 
 /etc/sudoers:Defaults !targetpw
      /etc/sudoers:Defaults !rootpw
      /etc/sudoers:Defaults !runaspw 
Ensure gnutls-utils is installed The gnutls-utils package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install gnutls-utils
Ensure nss-tools is installed The nss-tools package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install nss-tools
CCE-91163-6 Install dnf-automatic Package The dnf-automatic package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install dnf-automatic
CCE-85551-0 Ensure zypper Removes Previous Package Versions zypper should be configured to remove previous software components after new versions have been installed. To configure zypper to remove the previous software components after updating, set the solver.upgradeRemoveDroppedPackages to 1 in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf.
CCE-91165-1 Configure dnf-automatic to Install Available Updates Automatically To ensure that the packages comprising the available updates will be automatically installed by dnf-automatic, set apply_updates to yes under [commands] section in /etc/dnf/automatic.conf.
CCE-91166-9 Configure dnf-automatic to Install Only Security Updates To configure dnf-automatic to install only security updates automatically, set upgrade_type to security under [commands] section in /etc/dnf/automatic.conf.
CCE-92542-0 Ensure GPG keys are configured The operation system or installed application can be successfully bootstrapped without the GPG key being trusted. However, you cannot install new packages or update them until the keys are trusted.

Most packages managers implement GPG key signing to verify package integrity during installation.

To verify GPG keys are configured correctly for your package manager, one of the following command groups may provide the needed information depending on the package manager in use.

In SUSE Linux distributions, the administrators have to follow the next steps:
1. Log on to the system as a user with administrator rights.
2. Locate and download package, for example zoom_x86_64.rpm
3. Locate and download the public key (GPG) from the software download site, for example the key for zoom package is package-signing-key-5-12-6.pub
4. Import the key public key:
$ sudo rpm --import package-signing-key-5-12-6.pub
5. List the keys, for example the command:
$ sudo rpm -qa gpg-pubkey*
will provide:
gpg-pubkey-dd79b481-62fe7502
6. Get more details about the key, via the command:
$ sudo rpm -qa gpg-pubkey-dd79b481-62fe7502
7. Check the GPG key, for example the command:
$ sudo rpm -q gpg-pubkey --qf '%{name}-%{version}-%{release} --> %{summary}\n'
will provide:
gpg-pubkey-dd79b481-62fe7502 --> gpg(Zoom Video Communications, Inc. <CryptoOpsCodeSignProd@zoom.us>)


CCE-83290-7 Ensure gpgcheck Enabled In Main zypper Configuration The gpgcheck option controls whether RPM packages' signatures are always checked prior to installation. To configure zypper to check package signatures before installing them, ensure the following line appears in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf in the [main] section:
gpgcheck=1
CCE-91167-7 Ensure gpgcheck Enabled for Local Packages zypper should be configured to verify the signature(s) of local packages prior to installation. To configure zypper to verify signatures of local packages, set the localpkg_gpgcheck to 1 in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf.
CCE-85797-9 Ensure gpgcheck Enabled for All zypper Package Repositories To ensure signature checking is not disabled for any repos, remove any lines from files in /etc/yum.repos.d of the form:
gpgcheck=0
CCE-92489-4 Ensure package manager repositories are configured Systems need to have package manager repositories configured to ensure they receive the latest patches and updates.
CCE-85796-1 Ensure SUSE GPG Key Installed To ensure the system can cryptographically verify base software packages come from SUSE (and to connect to the SUSE to receive them), the SUSE GPG key must properly be installed. To install the SUSE GPG key, run:
$ sudo zypper install suse-build-key
If the system is not connected to the Internet or an RHN Satellite, then install the SUSE GPG key from trusted media such as the SUSE installation CD-ROM or DVD. Assuming the disc is mounted in /media/cdrom, use the following command as the root user to import it into the keyring:
$ sudo rpm --import /media/cdrom/content.key
or
$ sudo rpm --import /media/cdrom/repodata/repomd.xml.key
Alternatively, the key may be pre-loaded during the SUSE installation. In such cases, one can use the repository cache files to install the key, for example by running the following command:
sudo rpm --import /var/cache/zypp/raw/Basesystem_Module_15_SP2_x86_64:SLE-Module-Basesystem15-SP2-Pool/repodata/repomd.xml.key
CCE-83261-8 Ensure Software Patches Installed If the system is configured for online updates, invoking the following command will list available security updates:
$ sudo zypper refresh && sudo zypper list-patches -g security


NOTE: U.S. Defense systems are required to be patched within 30 days or sooner as local policy dictates.
CCE-91164-4 Enable dnf-automatic Timer The dnf-automatic timer can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable dnf-automatic.timer
CCE-83262-6 Modify the System Login Banner To configure the system login banner edit /etc/issue. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.


OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.
CCE-91350-9 Modify the System Login Banner for Remote Connections To configure the system login banner edit /etc/issue.net. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.


OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.
CCE-91349-1 Modify the System Message of the Day Banner To configure the system message banner edit /etc/motd. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.


OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.
CCE-91355-8 Verify Group Ownership of System Login Banner To properly set the group owner of /etc/issue, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/issue
CCE-91358-2 Verify Group Ownership of System Login Banner for Remote Connections To properly set the group owner of /etc/issue.net, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/issue.net
CCE-91352-5 Verify Group Ownership of Message of the Day Banner To properly set the group owner of /etc/motd, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/motd
CCE-91356-6 Verify ownership of System Login Banner To properly set the owner of /etc/issue, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/issue 
CCE-91359-0 Verify ownership of System Login Banner for Remote Connections To properly set the owner of /etc/issue.net, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/issue.net 
CCE-91353-3 Verify ownership of Message of the Day Banner To properly set the owner of /etc/motd, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/motd 
CCE-91354-1 Verify permissions on System Login Banner To properly set the permissions of /etc/issue, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/issue
CCE-91357-4 Verify permissions on System Login Banner for Remote Connections To properly set the permissions of /etc/issue.net, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/issue.net
CCE-91351-7 Verify permissions on Message of the Day Banner To properly set the permissions of /etc/motd, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/motd
CCE-83264-2 Modify the System GUI Login Banner To configure the GUI system login banner edit /etc/gdm/banner. Replace the default text with a message compliant with the local site policy or a legal disclaimer. The DoD required text is either:

You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:
-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.
-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.
-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.
-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests -- not for your personal benefit or privacy.
-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.


OR:

I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.
CCE-83265-9 Enable GNOME3 Login Warning Banner In the default graphical environment, displaying a login warning banner in the GNOME Display Manager's login screen can be enabled on the login screen by setting banner-message-enable to true.

To enable, add or edit banner-message-enable to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/00-security-settings. For example:
[org/gnome/login-screen]
banner-message-enable=true
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/login-screen/banner-message-enable
After the settings have been set, run dconf update. The banner text must also be set.
CCE-83266-7 Set the GNOME3 Login Warning Banner Text In the default graphical environment, configuring the login warning banner text in the GNOME Display Manager's login screen can be configured on the login screen by setting banner-message-text to 'APPROVED_BANNER' where APPROVED_BANNER is the approved banner for your environment.

To enable, add or edit banner-message-text to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/00-security-settings. For example:
[org/gnome/login-screen]
banner-message-text='APPROVED_BANNER'
Once the setting has been added, add a lock to /etc/dconf/db/gdm.d/locks/00-security-settings-lock to prevent user modification. For example:
/org/gnome/login-screen/banner-message-text
After the settings have been set, run dconf update. When entering a warning banner that spans several lines, remember to begin and end the string with ' and use \n for new lines.
CCE-85668-2 Display the Standard Mandatory DoD Notice and Consent Banner until Explicit Acknowledgement Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting access to the SUSE operating system ensures privacy and security notification verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders, directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.

The banner must be acknowledged by the user prior to allowing the user access to the SUSE operating system. This provides assurance that the user has seen the message and accepted the conditions for access. If the consent banner is not acknowledged by the user, DoD will not be in compliance with system use notifications required by law.

System use notifications are required only for access via logon interfaces with human users and are not required when such human interfaces do not exist.

The banner must be formatted in accordance with applicable DoD policy. Use the following verbiage for the SUSE operating system:
You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only.

By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions:

-The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations.

-At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS.

-Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose.

-This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy.

-Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details.
Check the configuration by running the following command:
# more /etc/gdm/Xsession
The beginning of the file must contain the following text immediately after #!/bin/sh:
if ! zenity --text-info \
--title "Consent" \
--filename=/etc/gdm/banner \
--no-markup \
--checkbox="Accept." 10 10; then
sleep 1;
exit 1;
fi
CCE-91156-0 Disallow Configuration to Bypass Password Requirements for Privilege Escalation Verify the operating system is not configured to bypass password requirements for privilege escalation. Check the configuration of the "/etc/pam.d/sudo" file with the following command:
$ sudo grep pam_succeed_if /etc/pam.d/sudo
If any occurrences of "pam_succeed_if" is returned from the command, this is a finding.
CCE-85560-1 Ensure PAM Displays Last Logon/Access Notification To configure the system to notify users of last logon/access using pam_lastlog, add or correct the pam_lastlog settings in /etc/pam.d/login to include showfailed option, such as:
session     optional    pam_lastlog.so showfailed
And make sure that the silent option is not set for this specific line.
CCE-91196-6 Set Up a Private Namespace in PAM Configuration To setup a private namespace add the following line to /etc/pam.d/login:
session    required     pam_namespace.so
CCE-85641-9 The PAM configuration should not be changed automatically Verify the SUSE operating system is configured to not overwrite Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) configuration on package changes.
Account Lockouts Must Be Logged PAM faillock locks an account due to excessive password failures, this event must be logged.
Account Lockouts Must Persist By setting a `dir` in the faillock configuration account lockouts will persist across reboots.
CCE-91398-8 Limit Password Reuse Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords. This can be accomplished by using the remember option for the pam_pwhistory PAM modules.

In the file /etc/pam.d/common-password, make sure the parameters remember and use_authtok are present, and that the value for the remember parameter is or greater. For example:
password requisite pam_pwhistory.so ...existing_options... remember= use_authtok
The DoD STIG requirement is 5 passwords.
CCE-85678-1 Limit Password Reuse Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords. This can be accomplished by using the remember option for the pam_unix or pam_pwhistory PAM modules.
CCE-85619-5 Enforce Delay After Failed Logon Attempts To configure the system to introduce a delay after failed logon attempts, add or correct the pam_faildelay settings in /etc/pam.d/common-auth to make sure its delay parameter is at least or greater. For example:
auth required pam_faildelay.so delay=
         
Account Lockouts Must Be Logged PAM faillock locks an account due to excessive password failures, this event must be logged.
CCE-85554-4 Set Deny For Failed Password Attempts The SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 operating system must lock an account after - at most - consecutive invalid access attempts.
CCE-91281-6 Configure the root Account lock for Failed Password Attempts via pam_tally2 This rule configures the system to lock out the root account after a number of incorrect login attempts using pam_tally2.so.
CCE-91282-4 Set Lockout Time for Failed Password Attempts using pam_tally2 This rule configures the system to lock out accounts during a specified time period after a number of incorrect login attempts using pam_tally2.so.
CCE-85564-3 Set Password Strength Minimum Digit Characters The pam_cracklib module's dcredit parameter controls requirements for usage of digits in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many digits. When set to a positive number, pam_cracklib will grant +1 additional length credit for each digit. Add dcredit=-1 after pam_cracklib.so to require use of a digit in passwords.
CCE-85677-3 Set Password Strength Minimum Different Characters The pam_cracklib module's difok parameter controls requirements for usage of different characters during a password change. The number of changed characters refers to the number of changes required with respect to the total number of positions in the current password. In other words, characters may be the same within the two passwords; however, the positions of the like characters must be different. Make sure the difok parameter for the pam_cracklib module is configured to greater than or equal to .
CCE-85676-5 Set Password Strength Minimum Lowercase Characters The pam_cracklib module's lcredit= parameter controls requirements for usage of lowercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many lowercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_cracklib will grant +1 additional length credit for each lowercase character. Add lcredit=-1 after pam_cracklib.so to require use of a lowercase character in passwords.
CCE-85573-4 Set Password Minimum Length The pam_cracklib module's minlen parameter controls requirements for minimum characters required in a password. Add minlen= to set minimum password length requirements.
CCE-85574-2 Set Password Strength Minimum Special Characters The pam_cracklib module's ocredit= parameter controls requirements for usage of special (or ``other'') characters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many special characters. When set to a positive number, pam_cracklib will grant +1 additional length credit for each special character. Make sure the ocredit parameter for the pam_cracklib module is set to less than or equal to . For example, ocredit= .
CCE-85575-9 Set Password Retry Limit The pam_cracklib module's retry parameter controls the maximum number of times to prompt the user for the password before returning with error. Make sure it is configured with a value that is no more than . For example, retry=1.
CCE-85675-7 Set Password Strength Minimum Uppercase Characters The pam_cracklib module's ucredit= parameter controls requirements for usage of uppercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to contain that many uppercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_cracklib will grant +1 additional length credit for each uppercase character. Add ucredit=-1 after pam_cracklib.so to require use of an upper case character in passwords.
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Different Categories The pam_pwquality module's minclass parameter controls requirements for usage of different character classes, or types, of character that must exist in a password before it is considered valid. For example, setting this value to three (3) requires that any password must have characters from at least three different categories in order to be approved. The default value is zero (0), meaning there are no required classes. There are four categories available:
* Upper-case characters
* Lower-case characters
* Digits
* Special characters (for example, punctuation)
Modify the minclass setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf entry to require differing categories of characters when changing passwords.
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Authentication Retry Prompts Permitted Per-Session To configure the number of retry prompts that are permitted per-session: Edit the pam_pwquality.so statement in /etc/pam.d/system-auth to show retry= , or a lower value if site policy is more restrictive. The DoD requirement is a maximum of 3 prompts per session.
CCE-85754-0 Set PAM's Common Authentication Hashing Algorithm The PAM system service can be configured to only store encrypted representations of passwords. In /etc/pam.d/common-auth, the auth section of the file controls which PAM modules execute during a password change. Set the pam_unix.so module in the auth section to include the argument sha512, as shown below:
auth   required    pam_unix.so sha512 other arguments...
         

This will help ensure when local users change their authentication method, hashes for the new authentications will be generated using the SHA-512 algorithm. This is the default.
CCE-85798-7 Set Password Hashing Algorithm in /etc/libuser.conf In /etc/libuser.conf, add or correct the following line in its [defaults] section to ensure the system will use the algorithm for password hashing:
crypt_style = 
         
CCE-83279-0 Set Password Hashing Algorithm in /etc/login.defs In /etc/login.defs, add or update the following line to ensure the system will use as the hashing algorithm:
ENCRYPT_METHOD 
         
CCE-85565-0 Set PAM''s Password Hashing Algorithm The PAM system service can be configured to only store encrypted representations of passwords. In "/etc/pam.d/common-password", the password section of the file controls which PAM modules to execute during a password change. Set the pam_unix.so module in the password section to include the option and no other hashing algorithms as shown below:
password    required    pam_unix.so 
          other arguments...
         

This will help ensure that new passwords for local users will be stored using the algorithm.
CCE-85567-6 Set Password Hashing Rounds in /etc/login.defs In /etc/login.defs, ensure SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS and SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS has the minimum value of 5000. For example:
SHA_CRYPT_MIN_ROUNDS 5000
SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS 5000
Notice that if neither are set, they already have the default value of 5000. If either is set, they must have the minimum value of 5000.
CCE-91421-8 Disable debug-shell SystemD Service SystemD's debug-shell service is intended to diagnose SystemD related boot issues with various systemctl commands. Once enabled and following a system reboot, the root shell will be available on tty9 which is access by pressing CTRL-ALT-F9. The debug-shell service should only be used for SystemD related issues and should otherwise be disabled.

By default, the debug-shell SystemD service is already disabled. The debug-shell service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now debug-shell.service
CCE-85665-8 Disable Ctrl-Alt-Del Burst Action By default, SystemD will reboot the system if the Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence is pressed Ctrl-Alt-Delete more than 7 times in 2 seconds.

To configure the system to ignore the CtrlAltDelBurstAction setting, add or modify the following to /etc/systemd/system.conf:
CtrlAltDelBurstAction=none
CCE-85625-2 Disable Ctrl-Alt-Del Reboot Activation By default, SystemD will reboot the system if the Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence is pressed.

To configure the system to ignore the Ctrl-Alt-Del key sequence from the command line instead of rebooting the system, do either of the following:
ln -sf /dev/null /etc/systemd/system/ctrl-alt-del.target
or
systemctl mask ctrl-alt-del.target


Do not simply delete the /usr/lib/systemd/system/ctrl-alt-del.service file, as this file may be restored during future system updates.
CCE-91152-9 Verify that Interactive Boot is Disabled SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 systems support an "interactive boot" option that can be used to prevent services from being started. On a SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 system, interactive boot can be enabled by providing a 1, yes, true, or on value to the systemd.confirm_spawn kernel argument in /etc/default/grub. Remove any instance of
systemd.confirm_spawn=(1|yes|true|on)
from the kernel arguments in that file to disable interactive boot. Recovery booting must also be disabled. Confirm that GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY=true is set in /etc/default/grub. It is also required to change the runtime configuration, run:
/usr/bin/grub2-editenv - unset systemd.confirm_spawn>
grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
Configure Logind to terminate idle sessions after certain time of inactivity To configure logind service to terminate inactive user sessions after seconds, edit the file /etc/systemd/logind.conf. Ensure that there is a section
[Login]
which contains the configuration
StopIdleSessionSec=
        
.
CCE-91347-5 Require Authentication for Emergency Systemd Target Emergency mode is intended as a system recovery method, providing a single user root access to the system during a failed boot sequence.

By default, Emergency mode is protected by requiring a password and is set in /usr/lib/systemd/system/emergency.service.
CCE-91428-3 Require Authentication for Single User Mode Single-user mode is intended as a system recovery method, providing a single user root access to the system by providing a boot option at startup.

By default, single-user mode is protected by requiring a password and is set in /usr/lib/systemd/system/rescue.service.
CCE-83268-3 Check that vlock is installed to allow session locking The SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 operating system must have vlock installed to allow for session locking. The kbd package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install kbd
CCE-83292-3 Install Smart Card Packages For Multifactor Authentication Configure the operating system to implement multifactor authentication by installing the required package with the following command: The pam_pkcs11 package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install pam_pkcs11
The mozilla-nss package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install mozilla-nss
The mozilla-nss-tools package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install mozilla-nss-tools
The pcsc-ccid package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install pcsc-ccid
The pcsc-lite package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install pcsc-lite
The pcsc-tools package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install pcsc-tools
The opensc package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install opensc
CCE-83272-5 Configure Smart Card Certificate Authority Validation Configure the operating system to do certificate status checking for PKI authentication. Modify all of the cert_policy lines in /etc/pam_pkcs11/pam_pkcs11.conf to include ca like so:
cert_policy = ca, ocsp_on, signature;
CCE-83293-1 Configure Smart Card Certificate Status Checking Configure the operating system to do certificate status checking for PKI authentication. Modify all of the cert_policy lines in /etc/pam_pkcs11/pam_pkcs11.conf to include ocsp_on like so:
cert_policy = ca, ocsp_on, signature;
CCE-85556-9 Enable Smart Card Logins in PAM This requirement only applies to components where this is specific to the function of the device or has the concept of an organizational user (e.g., VPN, proxy capability). This does not apply to authentication for the purpose of configuring the device itself (management). Check that the pam_pkcs11.so option is configured in the etc/pam.d/common-auth file with the following command:
# grep pam_pkcs11.so /etc/pam.d/common-auth

auth sufficient pam_pkcs11.so
For general information about enabling smart card authentication, consult the documentation at:
CCE-83277-4 Ensure All Accounts on the System Have Unique User IDs Change user IDs (UIDs), or delete accounts, so each has a unique name.
CCE-85561-9 Only Authorized Local User Accounts Exist on Operating System Enterprise Application tends to use the server or virtual machine exclusively. Besides the default operating system user, there should be only authorized local users required by the installed software groups and applications that exist on the operating system. The authorized user list can be customized in the refine value variable var_accounts_authorized_local_users_regex. OVAL regular expression is used for the user list. Configure the system so all accounts on the system are assigned to an active system, application, or user account. Remove accounts that do not support approved system activities or that allow for a normal user to perform administrative-level actions. To remove unauthorized system accounts, use the following command:
$ sudo userdel unauthorized_user
        
CCE-91339-2 Ensure All Groups on the System Have Unique Group ID Change the group name or delete groups, so each has a unique id.
CCE-91340-0 Ensure All Groups on the System Have Unique Group Names Change the group name or delete groups, so each has a unique name.
CCE-85558-5 Set Account Expiration Following Inactivity To specify the number of days after a password expires (which signifies inactivity) until an account is permanently disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/default/useradd:
INACTIVE=
         
If a password is currently on the verge of expiration, then day(s) remain(s) until the account is automatically disabled. However, if the password will not expire for another 60 days, then 60 days plus day(s) could elapse until the account would be automatically disabled. See the useradd man page for more information.
CCE-85559-3 Never Automatically Remove or Disable Emergency Administrator Accounts Emergency accounts are privileged accounts that are established in response to crisis situations where the need for rapid account activation is required. Therefore, emergency account activation may bypass normal account authorization processes. If these accounts are automatically disabled, system maintenance during emergencies may not be possible, thus adversely affecting system availability. Check to see if an emergency administrator account password or account expires with the following command:
# sudo chage -l [Emergency_Administrator]

Password expires:never
If Password expires or Account expires is set to anything other than never, this is a finding.
CCE-85553-6 Assign Expiration Date to Temporary Accounts Temporary accounts are established as part of normal account activation procedures when there is a need for short-term accounts. In the event temporary accounts are required, configure the system to terminate them after a documented time period. For every temporary account, run the following command to set an expiration date on it, substituting USER and YYYY-MM-DD appropriately:
$ sudo chage -E YYYY-MM-DD USER
         
YYYY-MM-DD indicates the documented expiration date for the account. For U.S. Government systems, the operating system must be configured to automatically terminate these types of accounts after a period of 72 hours.
CCE-85845-6 Ensure All Accounts on the System Have Unique Names Ensure accounts on the system have unique names. To ensure all accounts have unique names, run the following command:
$ sudo getent passwd | awk -F: '{ print $1}' | uniq -d
If a username is returned, change or delete the username.
Use Centralized and Automated Authentication Implement an automated system for managing user accounts that minimizes the risk of errors, either intentional or deliberate. This system should integrate with an existing enterprise user management system, such as one based on Identity Management tools such as Active Directory, Kerberos, Directory Server, etc.
CCE-91344-2 Ensure shadow Group is Empty The shadow group allows system programs which require access the ability to read the /etc/shadow file. No users should be assigned to the shadow group.
CCE-85570-0 Set Password Maximum Age To specify password maximum age for new accounts, edit the file /etc/login.defs and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MAX_DAYS 
         
A value of 180 days is sufficient for many environments. The DoD requirement is 60. The profile requirement is .
CCE-85720-1 Set Password Minimum Age To specify password minimum age for new accounts, edit the file /etc/login.defs and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MIN_DAYS 
         
A value of 1 day is considered sufficient for many environments. The DoD requirement is 1. The profile requirement is .
CCE-91168-5 Set Password Minimum Length in login.defs To specify password length requirements for new accounts, edit the file /etc/login.defs and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MIN_LEN 
         


The DoD requirement is 15. The FISMA requirement is 12. The profile requirement is . If a program consults /etc/login.defs and also another PAM module (such as pam_pwquality) during a password change operation, then the most restrictive must be satisfied. See PAM section for more information about enforcing password quality requirements.
CCE-85571-8 Set Existing Passwords Maximum Age Configure non-compliant accounts to enforce a -day maximum password lifetime restriction by running the following command:
$ sudo chage -M 
          USER
         
Set Root Account Password Maximum Age Configure the root account to enforce a -day maximum password lifetime restriction by running the following command:
$ sudo chage -M  root
CCE-85710-2 Set Existing Passwords Minimum Age Configure non-compliant accounts to enforce a 24 hours/1 day minimum password lifetime by running the following command:
$ sudo chage -m 1 USER
         
CCE-92479-5 Set Existing Passwords Warning Age To configure how many days prior to password expiration that a warning will be issued to users, run the command:
$ sudo chage --warndays 
          USER
         
The DoD requirement is 7, and CIS recommendation is no less than 7 days. This profile requirement is .
CCE-91335-0 Set Password Warning Age To specify how many days prior to password expiration that a warning will be issued to users, edit the file /etc/login.defs and add or correct the following line:
PASS_WARN_AGE 
         
The DoD requirement is 7. The profile requirement is .
CCE-92480-3 Set existing passwords a period of inactivity before they been locked Configure user accounts that have been inactive for over a given period of time to be automatically disabled by running the following command:
$ sudo chage --inactive 30USER
         
CCE-85846-4 Verify All Account Password Hashes are Shadowed If any password hashes are stored in /etc/passwd (in the second field, instead of an x or *), the cause of this misconfiguration should be investigated. The account should have its password reset and the hash should be properly stored, or the account should be deleted entirely.
CCE-85566-8 Verify All Account Password Hashes are Shadowed with SHA512 Verify the operating system requires the shadow password suite configuration be set to encrypt interactive user passwords using a strong cryptographic hash. Check that the interactive user account passwords are using a strong password hash with the following command:
$ sudo cut -d: -f2 /etc/shadow
$6$kcOnRq/5$NUEYPuyL.wghQwWssXRcLRFiiru7f5JPV6GaJhNC2aK5F3PZpE/BCCtwrxRc/AInKMNX3CdMw11m9STiql12f/
Password hashes ! or * indicate inactive accounts not available for logon and are not evaluated. If any interactive user password hash does not begin with $6, this is a finding.
CCE-92504-0 Ensure all users last password change date is in the past All users should have a password change date in the past.
CCE-91173-5 Set number of Password Hashing Rounds - password-auth Configure the number or rounds for the password hashing algorithm. This can be accomplished by using the rounds option for the pam_unix PAM module.

In file /etc/pam.d/common-password append rounds= to the pam_unix.so entry, as shown below:
password sufficient pam_unix.so ...existing_options... rounds=
         
The system's default number of rounds is 5000.
CCE-91172-7 Set number of Password Hashing Rounds - system-auth Configure the number or rounds for the password hashing algorithm. This can be accomplished by using the rounds option for the pam_unix PAM module.

In file /etc/pam.d/system-auth append rounds= to the pam_unix.so entry, as shown below:
password sufficient pam_unix.so ...existing_options... rounds=
         
The system's default number of rounds is 5000.
CCE-85847-2 All GIDs referenced in /etc/passwd must be defined in /etc/group Add a group to the system for each GID referenced without a corresponding group.
CCE-85576-7 Prevent Login to Accounts With Empty Password If an account is configured for password authentication but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log into the account without authentication. Remove any instances of the nullok in password authentication configurations in /etc/pam.d/ to prevent logins with empty passwords.
CCE-91155-2 Ensure There Are No Accounts With Blank or Null Passwords Check the "/etc/shadow" file for blank passwords with the following command:
$ sudo awk -F: '!$2 {print $1}' /etc/shadow
If the command returns any results, this is a finding. Configure all accounts on the system to have a password or lock the account with the following commands: Perform a password reset:
$ sudo passwd [username]
Lock an account:
$ sudo passwd -l [username]
CCE-92622-0 Verify No .forward Files Exist The .forward file specifies an email address to forward the user's mail to.
Ensure there are no legacy + NIS entries in /etc/group The + character in /etc/group file marks a place where entries from a network information service (NIS) should be directly inserted.
CCE-91399-6 Ensure there are no legacy + NIS entries in /etc/passwd The + character in /etc/passwd file marks a place where entries from a network information service (NIS) should be directly inserted.
CCE-91402-8 Ensure there are no legacy + NIS entries in /etc/shadow The + character in /etc/shadow file marks a place where entries from a network information service (NIS) should be directly inserted.
CCE-92655-0 Verify No netrc Files Exist The .netrc files contain login information used to auto-login into FTP servers and reside in the user's home directory. These files may contain unencrypted passwords to remote FTP servers making them susceptible to access by unauthorized users and should not be used. Any .netrc files should be removed.
CCE-85664-1 Verify Only Root Has UID 0 If any account other than root has a UID of 0, this misconfiguration should be investigated and the accounts other than root should be removed or have their UID changed.
If the account is associated with system commands or applications the UID should be changed to one greater than "0" but less than "1000." Otherwise assign a UID greater than "1000" that has not already been assigned.
CCE-91289-9 Verify Root Has A Primary GID 0 The root user should have a primary group of 0.
CCE-92528-9 Ensure the Group Used by pam_wheel.so Module Exists on System and is Empty Ensure that the group referenced by var_pam_wheel_group_for_su variable and used as value for the pam_wheel.so group option exists and has no members. This empty group used by pam_wheel.so in /etc/pam.d/su ensures that no user can run commands with altered privileges through the su command.
CCE-91427-5 Direct root Logins Not Allowed To further limit access to the root account, administrators can disable root logins at the console by editing the /etc/securetty file. This file lists all devices the root user is allowed to login to. If the file does not exist at all, the root user can login through any communication device on the system, whether via the console or via a raw network interface. This is dangerous as user can login to the system as root via Telnet, which sends the password in plain text over the network. By default, SUSE Linux Enterprise 15's /etc/securetty file only allows the root user to login at the console physically attached to the system. To prevent root from logging in, remove the contents of this file. To prevent direct root logins, remove the contents of this file by typing the following command:
$ sudo echo > /etc/securetty
CCE-85672-4 Ensure that System Accounts Do Not Run a Shell Upon Login Some accounts are not associated with a human user of the system, and exist to perform some administrative functions. Should an attacker be able to log into these accounts, they should not be granted access to a shell.

The login shell for each local account is stored in the last field of each line in /etc/passwd. System accounts are those user accounts with a user ID less than 1000. The user ID is stored in the third field. If any system account other than root has a login shell, disable it with the command:
$ sudo usermod -s /sbin/nologin account
         
CCE-91429-1 Restrict Serial Port Root Logins To restrict root logins on serial ports, ensure lines of this form do not appear in /etc/securetty:
ttyS0
ttyS1
CCE-91430-9 Restrict Virtual Console Root Logins To restrict root logins through the (deprecated) virtual console devices, ensure lines of this form do not appear in /etc/securetty:
vc/1
vc/2
vc/3
vc/4
CCE-91336-8 Enforce usage of pam_wheel for su authentication To ensure that only users who are members of the wheel group can run commands with altered privileges through the su command, make sure that the following line exists in the file /etc/pam.d/su:
auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid
CCE-92522-2 Enforce Usage of pam_wheel with Group Parameter for su Authentication To ensure that only users who are members of the group set in the group option of pam_wheel.so module can run commands with altered privileges through the su command, make sure that the following line exists in the file /etc/pam.d/su:
auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid group=
         
CCE-85562-7 Ensure Home Directories are Created for New Users All local interactive user accounts, upon creation, should be assigned a home directory.

Configure the operating system to assign home directories to all new local interactive users by setting the CREATE_HOME parameter in /etc/login.defs to yes as follows:

CREATE_HOME yes
Ensure the Logon Failure Delay is Set Correctly in login.defs To ensure the logon failure delay controlled by /etc/login.defs is set properly, add or correct the FAIL_DELAY setting in /etc/login.defs to read as follows:
FAIL_DELAY 
        
CCE-85555-1 Limit the Number of Concurrent Login Sessions Allowed Per User Limiting the number of allowed users and sessions per user can limit risks related to Denial of Service attacks. This addresses concurrent sessions for a single account and does not address concurrent sessions by a single user via multiple accounts. To set the number of concurrent sessions per user add the following line in /etc/security/limits.conf or a file under /etc/security/limits.d/:
* hard maxlogins 
        
CCE-91197-4 Configure Polyinstantiation of /tmp Directories To configure polyinstantiated /tmp directories, first create the parent directories which will hold the polyinstantiation child directories. Use the following command:
$ sudo mkdir --mode 000 /tmp/tmp-inst
Then, add the following entry to /etc/security/namespace.conf:
/tmp     /tmp/tmp-inst/            level      root,adm
CCE-91198-2 Configure Polyinstantiation of /var/tmp Directories To configure polyinstantiated /tmp directories, first create the parent directories which will hold the polyinstantiation child directories. Use the following command:
$ sudo mkdir --mode 000 /var/tmp/tmp-inst
Then, add the following entry to /etc/security/namespace.conf:
/var/tmp /var/tmp/tmp-inst/    level      root,adm
CCE-83269-1 Set Interactive Session Timeout Setting the TMOUT option in /etc/profile ensures that all user sessions will terminate based on inactivity. The value of TMOUT should be exported and read only. The TMOUT setting in /etc/profile.d/autologout.sh should read as follows:
TMOUT=
        
readonly TMOUT export TMOUT
CCE-91408-5 User Initialization Files Must Be Group-Owned By The Primary Group Change the group owner of interactive users files to the group found in
/etc/passwd
for the user. To change the group owner of a local interactive user home directory, use the following command:
$ sudo chgrp USER_GROUP /home/USER/.INIT_FILE
        
This rule ensures every initialization file related to an interactive user is group-owned by an interactive user.
CCE-85632-8 User Initialization Files Must Not Run World-Writable Programs Set the mode on files being executed by the user initialization files with the following command:
$ sudo chmod o-w FILE
        
CCE-91409-3 User Initialization Files Must Be Owned By the Primary User Set the owner of the user initialization files for interactive users to the primary owner with the following command:
$ sudo chown USER /home/USER/.*
This rule ensures every initialization file related to an interactive user is owned by an interactive user.
CCE-85631-0 Ensure that Users Path Contains Only Local Directories Ensure that all interactive user initialization files executable search path statements do not contain statements that will reference a working directory other than the users home directory.
CCE-85627-8 All Interactive Users Must Have A Home Directory Defined Assign home directories to all interactive users that currently do not have a home directory assigned. This rule checks if the home directory is properly defined in a folder which has at least one parent folder, like "user" in "/home/user" or "/remote/users/user". Therefore, this rule will report a finding for home directories like /users, /tmp or /.
CCE-85628-6 All Interactive Users Home Directories Must Exist Create home directories to all local interactive users that currently do not have a home directory assigned. Use the following commands to create the user home directory assigned in /etc/passwd:
$ sudo mkdir /home/USER
        
CCE-91405-1 All User Files and Directories In The Home Directory Must Be Group-Owned By The Primary Group Change the group of a local interactive users files and directories to a group that the interactive user is a member of. To change the group owner of a local interactive users files and directories, use the following command:
$ sudo chgrp USER_GROUP /home/USER/FILE_DIR
        
This rule ensures every file or directory under the home directory related to an interactive user is group-owned by an interactive user.
CCE-91406-9 All User Files and Directories In The Home Directory Must Have a Valid Owner Either remove all files and directories from the system that do not have a valid user, or assign a valid user to all unowned files and directories. To assign a valid owner to a local interactive user's files and directories, use the following command:
$ sudo chown -R USER /home/USER
        
This rule ensures every file or directory under the home directory related to an interactive user is owned by an interactive user.
CCE-91403-6 All User Files and Directories In The Home Directory Must Have Mode 0750 Or Less Permissive Set the mode on files and directories in the local interactive user home directory with the following command:
$ sudo chmod 0750 /home/USER/FILE_DIR
        
Files that begin with a "." are excluded from this requirement.
CCE-92697-2 Ensure users' .netrc Files are not group or world accessible While the system administrator can establish secure permissions for users' .netrc files, the users can easily override these. This rule ensures every .netrc file or directory under the home directory related to an interactive user is not group or world accessible
CCE-91407-7 Ensure users own their home directories The user home directory is space defined for the particular user to set local environment variables and to store personal files. Since the user is accountable for files stored in the user home directory, the user must be the owner of the directory.
CCE-85711-0 All Interactive User Home Directories Must Be Group-Owned By The Primary Group Change the group owner of interactive users home directory to the group found in /etc/passwd. To change the group owner of interactive users home directory, use the following command:
$ sudo chgrp USER_GROUP /home/USER
        
This rule ensures every home directory related to an interactive user is group-owned by an interactive user. It also ensures that interactive users are group-owners of one and only one home directory.
CCE-91404-4 All Interactive User Home Directories Must Be Owned By The Primary User Change the owner of interactive users home directories to that correct owner. To change the owner of a interactive users home directory, use the following command:
$ sudo chown USER /home/USER
        
This rule ensures every home directory related to an interactive user is owned by an interactive user. It also ensures that interactive users are owners of one and only one home directory.
CCE-85630-2 Ensure All User Initialization Files Have Mode 0740 Or Less Permissive Set the mode of the user initialization files to 0740 with the following command:
$ sudo chmod 0740 /home/USER/.INIT_FILE
        
CCE-85629-4 All Interactive User Home Directories Must Have mode 0750 Or Less Permissive Change the mode of interactive users home directories to 0750. To change the mode of interactive users home directory, use the following command:
$ sudo chmod 0750 /home/USER
        
Ensure that User Home Directories are not Group-Writable or World-Readable For each human user of the system, view the permissions of the user's home directory:
# ls -ld /home/USER
        
Ensure that the directory is not group-writable and that it is not world-readable. If necessary, repair the permissions:
# chmod g-w /home/USER
# chmod o-rwx /home/USER
        
CCE-91401-0 Ensure that Root's Path Does Not Include World or Group-Writable Directories For each element in root's path, run:
# ls -ld DIR
         
and ensure that write permissions are disabled for group and other.
CCE-91400-2 Ensure that Root's Path Does Not Include Relative Paths or Null Directories Ensure that none of the directories in root's path is equal to a single . character, or that it contains any instances that lead to relative path traversal, such as .. or beginning a path without the slash (/) character. Also ensure that there are no "empty" elements in the path, such as in these examples:
PATH=:/bin
PATH=/bin:
PATH=/bin::/sbin
These empty elements have the same effect as a single . character.
CCE-91215-4 Ensure the Default Bash Umask is Set Correctly To ensure the default umask for users of the Bash shell is set properly, add or correct the umask setting in /etc/bash.bashrc to read as follows:
umask 
         
Ensure the Default C Shell Umask is Set Correctly To ensure the default umask for users of the C shell is set properly, add or correct the umask setting in /etc/csh.cshrc to read as follows:
umask 
         
CCE-85659-1 Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly in login.defs To ensure the default umask controlled by /etc/login.defs is set properly, add or correct the UMASK setting in /etc/login.defs to read as follows:
UMASK 
         
CCE-91216-2 Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly in /etc/profile To ensure the default umask controlled by /etc/profile is set properly, add or correct the umask setting in /etc/profile to read as follows:
umask 
         
Note that /etc/profile also reads scrips within /etc/profile.d directory. These scripts are also valid files to set umask value. Therefore, they should also be considered during the check and properly remediated, if necessary.
Ensure the Default Umask is Set Correctly For Interactive Users Remove the UMASK environment variable from all interactive users initialization files.
Ensure AppArmor is installed AppArmor provide Mandatory Access Controls.
CCE-85765-6 Install the pam_apparmor Package The pam_apparmor package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install pam_apparmor
CCE-92536-2 Enforce all AppArmor Profiles AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access. To set all profiles to enforce mode run the following command:
$ sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*
To list unconfined processes run the following command:
$ sudo aa-unconfined
Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.
CCE-92548-7 All AppArmor Profiles are in enforce or complain mode AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access. To set all profiles to either enforce or complain mode run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode:
$ sudo aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/*
run the following command to set all profiles to complain mode:
$ sudo aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/*
To list unconfined processes run the following command:
$ sudo aa-unconfined
Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.
CCE-85752-4 Ensure AppArmor is Active and Configured Verify that the Apparmor tool is configured to control whitelisted applications and user home directory access control.

The apparmor service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable apparmor.service
Ensure AppArmor is enabled in the bootloader configuration Configure AppArmor to be enabled at boot time and verify that it has not been overwritten by the bootloader boot parameters. Note: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment, enact equivalent settings.
Disable Recovery Booting SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 systems support an "recovery boot" option that can be used to prevent services from being started. The GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY configuration option in /etc/default/grub should be set to true to disable the generation of recovery mode menu entries. It is also required to change the runtime configuration, run:
$ sudo grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub2.cfg
CCE-91217-0 IOMMU configuration directive On x86 architecture supporting VT-d, the IOMMU manages the access control policy between the hardware devices and some of the system critical units such as the memory. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain iommu=force as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) iommu=force"
Configure L1 Terminal Fault mitigations L1 Terminal Fault (L1TF) is a hardware vulnerability which allows unprivileged speculative access to data which is available in the Level 1 Data Cache when the page table entry isn't present. Select the appropriate mitigation by adding the argument l1tf= to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain l1tf= as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) l1tf="
Since Linux Kernel 4.19 you can check the L1TF vulnerability state with the following command: cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
Force kernel panic on uncorrected MCEs A Machine Check Exception is an error generated by the CPU itdetects an error in itself, memory or I/O devices. These errors may be corrected and generate a check log entry, if an error cannot be corrected the kernel may panic or SIGBUS. To force the kernel to panic on any uncorrected error reported by Machine Check set the MCE tolerance to zero by adding mce=0 to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain mce=0 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) mce=0"
Ensure SMAP is not disabled during boot The SMAP is used to prevent the supervisor mode from unintentionally reading/writing into memory pages in the user space, it is enabled by default since Linux kernel 3.7. But it could be disabled through kernel boot parameters. Ensure that Supervisor Mode Access Prevention (SMAP) is not disabled by the nosmap boot paramenter option. Check that the line
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="..."
within /etc/default/grub doesn't contain the argument nosmap. Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels:
# grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="nosmap"
Ensure SMEP is not disabled during boot The SMEP is used to prevent the supervisor mode from executing user space code, it is enabled by default since Linux kernel 3.0. But it could be disabled through kernel boot parameters. Ensure that Supervisor Mode Execution Prevention (SMEP) is not disabled by the nosmep boot paramenter option. Check that the line
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="..."
within /etc/default/grub doesn't contain the argument nosmep. Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels:
# grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="nosmep"
Configure the confidence in TPM for entropy The TPM security chip that is available in most modern systems has a hardware RNG. It is also used to feed the entropy pool, but generally not credited entropy. Use rng_core.default_quality in the kernel command line to set the trust level on the hardware generators. The trust level defines the amount of entropy to credit. A value of 0 tells the system not to trust the hardware random number generators available, and doesn't credit any entropy to the pool. A value of 1000 assigns full confidence in the generators, and credits all the entropy it provides to the pool. Note that the value of rng_core.default_quality is global, affecting the trust on all hardware random number generators. Select the appropriate confidence by adding the argument rng_core.default_quality= to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain rng_core.default_quality= as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) rng_core.default_quality="
Disable merging of slabs with similar size The kernel may merge similar slabs together to reduce overhead and increase cache hotness of objects. Disabling merging of slabs keeps the slabs separate and reduces the risk of kernel heap overflows overwriting objects in merged caches. To disable merging of slabs in the Kernel add the argument slab_nomerge=yes to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain slab_nomerge=yes as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) slab_nomerge=yes"
Configure Speculative Store Bypass Mitigation Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an exploit against a common wide industry wide performance optimization known as Speculative Store Bypass (SSB). In such cases, recent stores to the same memory location cannot always be observed by later loads during speculative execution. However, such stores are unlikely and thus they can be detected prior to instruction retirement at the end of a particular speculation execution window. Since Linux Kernel 4.17 you can check the SSB mitigation state with the following command: cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass Select the appropriate SSB state by adding the argument spec_store_bypass_disable= to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain spec_store_bypass_disable= as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) spec_store_bypass_disable="
Enforce Spectre v2 mitigation Spectre V2 is an indirect branch poisoning attack that can lead to data leakage. An exploit for Spectre V2 tricks the indirect branch predictor into executing code from a future indirect branch chosen by the attacker, even if the privilege level is different. Since Linux Kernel 4.15 you can check the Spectre V2 mitigation state with the following command: cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v2 Enforce the Spectre V2 mitigation by adding the argument spectre_v2=on to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain spectre_v2=on as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) spectre_v2=on"
Ensure debug-shell service is not enabled during boot systemd's debug-shell service is intended to diagnose systemd related boot issues with various systemctl commands. Once enabled and following a system reboot, the root shell will be available on tty9 which is access by pressing CTRL-ALT-F9. The debug-shell service should only be used for systemd related issues and should otherwise be disabled.

By default, the debug-shell systemd service is already disabled. Ensure the debug-shell is not enabled by the systemd.debug-shel=1 boot paramenter option. Check that the line
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="..."
within /etc/default/grub doesn't contain the argument systemd.debug-shell=1. Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels:
# grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="systemd.debug-shell"
CCE-85849-8 Verify /boot/grub2/grub.cfg Group Ownership The file /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be group-owned by the root group to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the group owner of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
Verify /boot/grub2/user.cfg Group Ownership The file /boot/grub2/user.cfg should be group-owned by the root group to prevent reading or modification of the file. To properly set the group owner of /boot/grub2/user.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /boot/grub2/user.cfg
CCE-85848-0 Verify /boot/grub2/grub.cfg User Ownership The file /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be owned by the root user to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the owner of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg 
Verify /boot/grub2/user.cfg User Ownership The file /boot/grub2/user.cfg should be owned by the root user to prevent reading or modification of the file. To properly set the owner of /boot/grub2/user.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /boot/grub2/user.cfg 
CCE-91426-7 Verify /boot/grub2/grub.cfg Permissions File permissions for /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be set to 600. To properly set the permissions of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 600 /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
Verify /boot/grub2/user.cfg Permissions File permissions for /boot/grub2/user.cfg should be set to 600. To properly set the permissions of /boot/grub2/user.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 600 /boot/grub2/user.cfg
CCE-83274-1 Set Boot Loader Password in grub2 The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.

Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the password by running the following command:
# grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.

Using the hash from the output, modify the /etc/grub.d/40_custom file with the following content:
set superusers="boot"
password_pbkdf2 boot grub.pbkdf2.sha512.VeryLongString
NOTE: the bootloader superuser account and password MUST differ from the root account and password. Once the superuser password has been added, update the grub.cfg file by running:
grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub2.cfg
Verify the UEFI Boot Loader grub.cfg Group Ownership The file /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be group-owned by the root group to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the group owner of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
Verify /boot/grub2/user.cfg Group Ownership The file /boot/grub2/user.cfg should be group-owned by the root group to prevent reading or modification of the file. To properly set the group owner of /boot/grub2/user.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /boot/grub2/user.cfg
Verify the UEFI Boot Loader grub.cfg User Ownership The file /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be owned by the root user to prevent destruction or modification of the file. To properly set the owner of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg 
Verify /boot/grub2/user.cfg User Ownership The file /boot/grub2/user.cfg should be owned by the root user to prevent reading or modification of the file. To properly set the owner of /boot/grub2/user.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /boot/grub2/user.cfg 
Verify the UEFI Boot Loader grub.cfg Permissions File permissions for /boot/grub2/grub.cfg should be set to 700. To properly set the permissions of /boot/grub2/grub.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 700 /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
Verify /boot/grub2/user.cfg Permissions File permissions for /boot/grub2/user.cfg should be set to 600. To properly set the permissions of /boot/grub2/user.cfg, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 600 /boot/grub2/user.cfg
CCE-83275-8 Set the UEFI Boot Loader Password The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.

Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the password by running the following command:
# grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.

Using the hash from the output, modify the /etc/grub.d/40_custom file with the following content:
set superusers="boot"
password_pbkdf2 boot grub.pbkdf2.sha512.VeryLongString
NOTE: the bootloader superuser account and password MUST differ from the root account and password. Once the superuser password has been added, update the grub.cfg file by running:
grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub2.cfg
Ensure Solid State Drives Do Not Contribute To Random-Number Entropy Pool For each solid-state drive on the system, run:
 # echo 0 > /sys/block/DRIVE/queue/add_random
Do not allow ACPI methods to be inserted/replaced at run time This debug facility allows ACPI AML methods to be inserted and/or replaced without rebooting the system. This configuration is available from kernel 3.0. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_METHOD, run the following command: grep CONFIG_ACPI_CUSTOM_METHOD /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Disable kernel support for MISC binaries Enabling CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC makes it possible to plug wrapper-driven binary formats into the kernel. This is specially useful for programs that need an interpreter to run like Java, Python and DOS emulators. Once you have registered such a binary class with the kernel, you can start one of those programs simply by typing in its name at a shell prompt. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC, run the following command: grep CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Enable support for BUG() Disabling this option eliminates support for BUG and WARN, reducing the size of your kernel image and potentially quietly ignoring numerous fatal conditions. You should only consider disabling this option for embedded systems with no facilities for reporting errors. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_BUG, run the following command: grep CONFIG_BUG /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Disable compatibility with brk() Enabling compatiliby with brk() allows legacy binaries to run (i.e. those linked against libc5). But this compatibility comes at the cost of not being able to randomize the heap placement (ASLR). Unless legacy binaries need to run on the system, set CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK to "n". The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK, run the following command: grep CONFIG_COMPAT_BRK /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Disable the 32-bit vDSO Certain buggy versions of glibc (2.3.3) will crash if they are presented with a 32-bit vDSO that is not mapped at the address indicated in its segment table. Setting CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO to y turns off the 32-bit VDSO and works aroud the glibc bug. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO, run the following command: grep CONFIG_COMPAT_VDSO /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Enable checks on credential management Enable this to turn on some debug checking for credential management. The additional code keeps track of the number of pointers from task_structs to any given cred struct, and checks to see that this number never exceeds the usage count of the cred struct. Furthermore, if SELinux is enabled, this also checks that the security pointer in the cred struct is never seen to be invalid. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_CREDENTIALS, run the following command: grep CONFIG_DEBUG_CREDENTIALS /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Disable kernel debugfs debugfs is a virtual file system that kernel developers use to put debugging files into. Enable this option to be able to read and write to these files. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_FS, run the following command: grep CONFIG_DEBUG_FS /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Enable checks on linked list manipulation Enable this to turn on extended checks in the linked-list walking routines. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST, run the following command: grep CONFIG_DEBUG_LIST /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable checks on notifier call chains Enable this to turn on sanity checking for notifier call chains. This is most useful for kernel developers to make sure that modules properly unregister themselves from notifier chains. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_NOTIFIERS, run the following command: grep CONFIG_DEBUG_NOTIFIERS /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable checks on scatter-gather (SG) table operations Scatter-gather tables are mechanism used for high performance I/O on DMA devices. Enable this to turn on checks on scatter-gather tables. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEBUG_SG, run the following command: grep CONFIG_DEBUG_SG /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Configure Low Address Space To Protect From User Allocation This is the portion of low virtual memory which should be protected from userspace allocation. This configuration is available from kernel 3.14, but may be available if backported by distros. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEFAULT_MMAP_MIN_ADDR, run the following command: grep CONFIG_DEFAULT_MMAP_MIN_ADDR /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value should be returned. If the system architecture is x86_64, the value should be 65536. If the system architecture is aarch64, the value should be 32768.
Disable /dev/kmem virtual device support Disable support for the /dev/kmem device. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_DEVKMEM, run the following command: grep CONFIG_DEVKMEM /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Disable hibernation Enable the suspend to disk (STD) functionality, which is usually called "hibernation" in user interfaces. STD checkpoints the system and powers it off; and restores that checkpoint on reboot. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_HIBERNATION, run the following command: grep CONFIG_HIBERNATION /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Disable IA32 emulation Disables support for legacy 32-bit programs under a 64-bit kernel. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_IA32_EMULATION, run the following command: grep CONFIG_IA32_EMULATION /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Disable the IPv6 protocol Disable support for IP version 6 (IPv6). The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_IPV6, run the following command: grep CONFIG_IPV6 /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Disable kexec system call kexec is a system call that implements the ability to shutdown your current kernel, and to start another kernel. It is like a reboot but it is independent of the system firmware. And like a reboot you can start any kernel with it, not just Linux. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_KEXEC, run the following command: grep CONFIG_KEXEC /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Disable legacy (BSD) PTY support Disable the Linux traditional BSD-like terminal names /dev/ptyxx for masters and /dev/ttyxx for slaves of pseudo terminals, and use only the modern ptys (devpts) interface. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS, run the following command: grep CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Enable module signature verification Check modules for valid signatures upon load. Note that this option adds the OpenSSL development packages as a kernel build dependency so that the signing tool can use its crypto library. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG, run the following command: grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable automatic signing of all modules Sign all modules during make modules_install. Without this option, modules must be signed manually, using the scripts/sign-file tool. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_ALL, run the following command: grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_ALL /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Require modules to be validly signed Reject unsigned modules or signed modules with an unknown key. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE, run the following command: grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_FORCE /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Specify the hash to use when signing modules This configures the kernel to build and sign modules using as the hash function. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_HASH, run the following command: grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_HASH /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "" should be returned.
Specify module signing key to use Setting this option to something other than its default of certs/signing_key.pem will disable the autogeneration of signing keys and allow the kernel modules to be signed with a key of your choosing. The string provided should identify a file containing both a private key and its corresponding X.509 certificate in PEM form, or — on systems where the OpenSSL ENGINE_pkcs11 is functional — a PKCS#11 URI as defined by RFC7512. In the latter case, the PKCS#11 URI should reference both a certificate and a private key. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_KEY, run the following command: grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_KEY /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "" should be returned.
Sign kernel modules with SHA-512 This configures the kernel to build and sign modules using SHA512 as the hash function. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA512, run the following command: grep CONFIG_MODULE_SIG_SHA512 /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable poison without sanity check Skip the sanity checking on alloc, only fill the pages with poison on free. This reduces some of the overhead of the poisoning feature. This configuration is available from kernel 4.6. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_NO_SANITY, run the following command: grep CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_NO_SANITY /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Use zero for poisoning instead of debugging value Instead of using the existing poison value, fill the pages with zeros. This makes it harder to detect when errors are occurring due to sanitization but the zeroing at free means that it is no longer necessary to write zeros when GFP_ZERO is used on allocation. This configuration is available from kernel 4.19. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_ZERO, run the following command: grep CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING_ZERO /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Remove the kernel mapping in user mode This feature reduces the number of hardware side channels by ensuring that the majority of kernel addresses are not mapped into userspace. This configuration is available from kernel 4.15, but may be available if backported by distros. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION, run the following command: grep CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Kernel panic oops Enable the kernel to panic when it oopses. This has the same effect as setting oops=panic on the kernel command line. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS, run the following command: grep CONFIG_PANIC_ON_OOPS /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Kernel panic timeout Set the timeout value (in seconds) until a reboot occurs when the kernel panics. A timeout of 0 configures the system to wait forever. With a timeout value greater than 0, the system will wait the specified amount of seconds before rebooting. While a timeout value less than 0 makes the system reboot immediately. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PANIC_TIMEOUT, run the following command: grep CONFIG_PANIC_TIMEOUT /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "" should be returned.
Disable support for /proc/kkcore Provides a virtual ELF core file of the live kernel. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_PROC_KCORE, run the following command: grep CONFIG_PROC_KCORE /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Randomize the address of the kernel image (KASLR) In support of Kernel Address Space Layout Randomization (KASLR), this randomizes the physical address at which the kernel image is decompressed and the virtual address where the kernel image is mapped. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_BASE, run the following command: grep CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_BASE /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Randomize the kernel memory sections Randomizes the base virtual address of kernel memory sections (physical memory mapping, vmalloc & vmemmap). This configuration is available from kernel 4.8, but may be available if backported by distros. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_MEMORY, run the following command: grep CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_MEMORY /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Avoid speculative indirect branches in kernel Compile kernel with the retpoline compiler options to guard against kernel-to-user data leaks by avoiding speculative indirect branches. Requires a compiler with -mindirect-branch=thunk-extern support for full protection. The kernel may run slower. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_RETPOLINE, run the following command: grep CONFIG_RETPOLINE /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable seccomp to safely compute untrusted bytecode This kernel feature is useful for number crunching applications that may need to compute untrusted bytecode during their execution. By using pipes or other transports made available to the process as file descriptors supporting the read/write syscalls, it's possible to isolate those applications in their own address space using seccomp. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECCOMP, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SECCOMP /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable use of Berkeley Packet Filter with seccomp Enable tasks to build secure computing environments defined in terms of Berkeley Packet Filter programs which implement task-defined system call filtering polices. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECCOMP_FILTER, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SECCOMP_FILTER /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable different security models This allows you to choose different security modules to be configured into your kernel. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SECURITY /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Restrict unprivileged access to the kernel syslog Enforce restrictions on unprivileged users reading the kernel syslog via dmesg(8). The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY_DMESG_RESTRICT, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SECURITY_DMESG_RESTRICT /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Disable mutable hooks Ensure kernel structures associated with LSMs are always mapped as read-only after system boot. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY_WRITABLE_HOOKS, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SECURITY_WRITABLE_HOOKS /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
Enable Yama support This enables support for LSM module Yama, which extends DAC support with additional system-wide security settings beyond regular Linux discretionary access controls. The module will limit the use of the system call ptrace(). The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SECURITY_YAMA /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable SLUB debugging support SLUB has extensive debug support features and this allows the allocator validation checking to be enabled. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SLUB_DEBUG /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Enable TCP/IP syncookie support Normal TCP/IP networking is open to an attack known as SYN flooding. It is denial-of-service attack that prevents legitimate remote users from being able to connect to your computer during an ongoing attack. When enabled the TCP/IP stack will use a cryptographic challenge protocol known as SYN cookies to enable legitimate users to continue to connect, even when your machine is under attack. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES, run the following command: grep CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Unmap kernel when running in userspace (aka KAISER) Speculation attacks against some high-performance processors can be used to bypass MMU permission checks and leak kernel data to userspace. This can be defended against by unmapping the kernel when running in userspace, mapping it back in on exception entry via a trampoline page in the vector table. This configuration is available from kernel 4.16, but may be available if backported by distros. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_UNMAP_KERNEL_AT_EL0, run the following command: grep CONFIG_UNMAP_KERNEL_AT_EL0 /boot/config-* For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Disable x86 vsyscall emulation Disabling it is roughly equivalent to booting with vsyscall=none, except that it will also disable the helpful warning if a program tries to use a vsyscall. With this option set to N, offending programs will just segfault, citing addresses of the form 0xffffffffff600?00. This configuration is available from kernel 3.19. The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-*. To check the configuration value for CONFIG_X86_VSYSCALL_EMULATION, run the following command: grep CONFIG_X86_VSYSCALL_EMULATION /boot/config-* Configs with value 'n' are not explicitly set in the file, so either commented lines or no lines should be returned.
CCE-91199-0 Ensure rsyslog-gnutls is installed TLS protocol support for rsyslog is installed. The rsyslog-module-gtls package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install rsyslog-module-gtls
CCE-91161-0 Ensure rsyslog is Installed Rsyslog is installed by default. The rsyslog package can be installed with the following command:
 $ sudo zypper install rsyslog
CCE-91162-8 Enable rsyslog Service The rsyslog service provides syslog-style logging by default on SUSE Linux Enterprise 15. The rsyslog service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable rsyslog.service
CCE-85724-3 Ensure real-time clock is set to UTC Ensure that the system real-time clock (RTC) is set to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
Ensure Rsyslog Authenticates Off-Loaded Audit Records Rsyslogd is a system utility providing support for message logging. Support for both internet and UNIX domain sockets enables this utility to support both local and remote logging. Couple this utility with gnutls (which is a secure communications library implementing the SSL, TLS and DTLS protocols), and you have a method to securely encrypt and off-load auditing. When using rsyslogd to off-load logs the remote system must be authenticated. Set the following configuration option in /etc/rsyslog.conf or in a file in /etc/rsyslog.d (using legacy syntax):
$ActionSendStreamDriverAuthMode x509/name
Alternatively, use the RainerScript syntax:
action(type="omfwd" Target="some.example.com" StreamDriverAuthMode="x509/name")
Ensure Rsyslog Encrypts Off-Loaded Audit Records Rsyslogd is a system utility providing support for message logging. Support for both internet and UNIX domain sockets enables this utility to support both local and remote logging. Couple this utility with gnutls (which is a secure communications library implementing the SSL, TLS and DTLS protocols), and you have a method to securely encrypt and off-load auditing. When using rsyslogd to off-load logs off a encrpytion system must be used. Set the following configuration option in /etc/rsyslog.conf or in a file in /etc/rsyslog.d (using legacy syntax):
$ActionSendStreamDriverMode 1
Alternatively, use the RainerScript syntax:
action(type="omfwd" ... StreamDriverMode="1")
Ensure Rsyslog Encrypts Off-Loaded Audit Records Rsyslogd is a system utility providing support for message logging. Support for both internet and UNIX domain sockets enables this utility to support both local and remote logging. Couple this utility with gnutls (which is a secure communications library implementing the SSL, TLS and DTLS protocols), and you have a method to securely encrypt and off-load auditing. When using rsyslogd to off-load logs off an encryption system must be used. Set the following configuration option in /etc/rsyslog.conf or in a file in /etc/rsyslog.d (using legacy syntax):
$DefaultNetstreamDriver gtls
Alternatively, use the RainerScript syntax:
global(DefaultNetstreamDriver="gtls")
CCE-85838-1 Ensure Log Files Are Owned By Appropriate Group The group-owner of all log files written by rsyslog should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log. For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf, run the following command to inspect the file's group owner:
$ ls -l LOGFILE
        
If the owner is not root, run the following command to correct this:
$ sudo chgrp root LOGFILE
        
CCE-85839-9 Ensure Log Files Are Owned By Appropriate User The owner of all log files written by rsyslog should be root. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log. For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf, run the following command to inspect the file's owner:
$ ls -l LOGFILE
        
If the owner is not root, run the following command to correct this:
$ sudo chown root LOGFILE
        
CCE-85837-3 Ensure System Log Files Have Correct Permissions The file permissions for all log files written by rsyslog should be set to 640, or more restrictive. These log files are determined by the second part of each Rule line in /etc/rsyslog.conf and typically all appear in /var/log. For each log file LOGFILE referenced in /etc/rsyslog.conf, run the following command to inspect the file's permissions:
$ ls -l LOGFILE
        
If the permissions are not 640 or more restrictive, run the following command to correct this:
$ sudo chmod 640 LOGFILE
        
"
CCE-92497-7 Ensure logging is configured The /etc/rsyslog.conf and /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf files specifies rules for logging and which files are to be used to log certain classes of messages.
Enable systemd-journald Service The systemd-journald service is an essential component of systemd. The systemd-journald service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable systemd-journald.service
CCE-91377-2 Ensure journald is configured to compress large log files The journald system can compress large log files to avoid fill the system disk.
CCE-91376-4 Ensure journald is configured to send logs to rsyslog Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally. Utilities exist to accept remote export of journald logs.
CCE-91378-0 Ensure journald is configured to write log files to persistent disk The journald system may store log files in volatile memory or locally on disk. If the logs are only stored in volatile memory they will we lost upon reboot.
CCE-92561-0 Ensure logrotate is Installed logrotate is installed by default. The logrotate package can be installed with the following command:
 $ sudo zypper install logrotate
CCE-85850-6 Ensure Logrotate Runs Periodically The logrotate utility allows for the automatic rotation of log files. The frequency of rotation is specified in /etc/logrotate.conf, which triggers a cron task or a timer. To configure logrotate to run daily, add or correct the following line in /etc/logrotate.conf:
# rotate log files frequency
daily
CCE-92585-9 Enable logrotate Timer The logrotate timer can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable logrotate.timer
Ensure syslog-ng is Installed syslog-ng can be installed in replacement of rsyslog. The syslog-ng-core package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install syslog-ng-core
Enable syslog-ng Service The syslog-ng service (in replacement of rsyslog) provides syslog-style logging by default on Debian. The syslog-ng service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable syslog-ng.service
Enable rsyslog to Accept Messages via TCP, if Acting As Log Server The rsyslog daemon should not accept remote messages unless the system acts as a log server. If the system needs to act as a central log server, add the following lines to /etc/rsyslog.conf to enable reception of messages over TCP:
$ModLoad imtcp
$InputTCPServerRun 514
Enable rsyslog to Accept Messages via UDP, if Acting As Log Server The rsyslog daemon should not accept remote messages unless the system acts as a log server. If the system needs to act as a central log server, add the following lines to /etc/rsyslog.conf to enable reception of messages over UDP:
$ModLoad imudp
$UDPServerRun 514
CCE-91375-6 Ensure rsyslog Does Not Accept Remote Messages Unless Acting As Log Server The rsyslog daemon should not accept remote messages unless the system acts as a log server. To ensure that it is not listening on the network, ensure any of the following lines are not found in rsyslog configuration files. If using legacy syntax:
$ModLoad imtcp
$InputTCPServerRun port
$ModLoad imudp
$UDPServerRun port
$ModLoad imrelp
$InputRELPServerRun port
        
If using RainerScript syntax:
module(load="imtcp")
module(load="imudp")
input(type="imtcp" port="514")
input(type="imudp" port="514")
CCE-85552-8 Ensure Logs Sent To Remote Host To configure rsyslog to send logs to a remote log server, open /etc/rsyslog.conf and read and understand the last section of the file, which describes the multiple directives necessary to activate remote logging. Along with these other directives, the system can be configured to forward its logs to a particular log server by adding or correcting one of the following lines, substituting appropriately. The choice of protocol depends on the environment of the system; although TCP and RELP provide more reliable message delivery, they may not be supported in all environments.
To use UDP for log message delivery:
*.* @
        

To use TCP for log message delivery:
*.* @@
        

To use RELP for log message delivery:
*.* :omrelp:
        

There must be a resolvable DNS CNAME or Alias record set to "" for logs to be sent correctly to the centralized logging utility.
CCE-91200-6 Configure TLS for rsyslog remote logging Configure rsyslog to use Transport Layer Security (TLS) support for logging to remote server for the Forwarding Output Module in /etc/rsyslog.conf using action. You can use the following command:
echo 'action(type="omfwd" protocol="tcp" Target="<remote system>" port="6514"
    StreamDriver="gtls" StreamDriverMode="1" StreamDriverAuthMode="x509/name" streamdriver.CheckExtendedKeyPurpose="on")' >> /etc/rsyslog.conf
Replace the <remote system> in the above command with an IP address or a host name of the remote logging server.
CCE-91201-4 Configure CA certificate for rsyslog remote logging Configure CA certificate for rsyslog logging to remote server using Transport Layer Security (TLS) using correct path for the DefaultNetstreamDriverCAFile global option in /etc/rsyslog.conf, for example with the following command:
echo 'global(DefaultNetstreamDriverCAFile="/etc/pki/tls/cert.pem")' >> /etc/rsyslog.conf
Replace the /etc/pki/tls/cert.pem in the above command with the path to the file with CA certificate generated for the purpose of remote logging.
CCE-85656-7 Ensure System is Not Acting as a Network Sniffer The system should not be acting as a network sniffer, which can capture all traffic on the network to which it is connected. Run the following to determine if any interface is running in promiscuous mode:
$ ip link | grep PROMISC
Promiscuous mode of an interface can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo ip link set dev device_name multicast off promisc off
CCE-92470-4 Configure Firewalld to Use the Nftables Backend Firewalld can be configured with many backends, such as nftables.
CCE-92556-0 Ensure network interfaces are assigned to appropriate zone Firewall zones define the trust level of network connections or interfaces. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.
CCE-92552-9 Ensure Unnecessary Services and Ports Are Not Accepted Services and ports can be accepted or explicitly rejected or dropped by a zone. For every zone, a default behavior can be set that handles incoming traffic that is not further specified. Such behavior is defined by setting the target of the zone. The possible options are: - ACCEPT - accepts all incoming packets except those disabled by a specific rule. - REJECT - disables all incoming packets except those that have been allowed in specific rules and the source machine is informed about the rejection. - DROP - disables all incoming packets except those that have been allowed in specific rules and no information sent to the source machine.
CCE-85698-9 Install firewalld Package The firewalld package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install firewalld
CCE-85751-6 Verify firewalld Enabled The firewalld service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable firewalld.service
CCE-91411-9 Ensure firewall rules exist for all open ports Any ports that have been opened on non-loopback addresses need firewall rules to govern traffic.
CCE-91410-1 Set Default firewalld Zone for Incoming Packets To set the default zone to drop for the built-in default zone which processes incoming IPv4 and IPv6 packets, modify the following line in /etc/firewalld/firewalld.conf to be:
DefaultZone=drop
CCE-92471-2 Uninstall firewalld Package firewalld (Dynamic Firewall Manager) provides a dynamically managed firewall with support for network/firewall “zones” to assign a level of trust to a network and its associated connections, interfaces or sources. It has support for IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet bridges and also for IPSet firewall settings. There is a separation of the runtime and permanent configuration options. The firewalld package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove firewalld
CCE-92472-0 Verify firewalld service disabled Firewalld (Dynamic Firewall Manager) provides a dynamically managed firewall with support for network/firewall “zones” to assign a level of trust to a network and its associated connections, interfaces or sources. It has support for IPv4, IPv6, Ethernet bridges and also for IPSet firewall settings. There is a separation of the runtime and permanent configuration options. The firewalld service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now firewalld.service
CCE-85799-5 Install libreswan Package The libreswan package provides an implementation of IPsec and IKE, which permits the creation of secure tunnels over untrusted networks. The libreswan package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install libreswan
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/ipsec.d Directory To properly set the group owner of /etc/ipsec.d, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/ipsec.d
Verify User Who Owns /etc/ipsec.d Directory To properly set the owner of /etc/ipsec.d, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/ipsec.d 
Verify Permissions On /etc/ipsec.d Directory To properly set the permissions of /etc/ipsec.d, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/ipsec.d
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/ipsec.conf File To properly set the group owner of /etc/ipsec.conf, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/ipsec.conf
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/ipsec.secrets File To properly set the group owner of /etc/ipsec.secrets, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/ipsec.secrets
Verify User Who Owns /etc/ipsec.conf File To properly set the owner of /etc/ipsec.conf, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/ipsec.conf 
Verify User Who Owns /etc/ipsec.secrets File To properly set the owner of /etc/ipsec.secrets, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/ipsec.secrets 
Verify Permissions On /etc/ipsec.conf File To properly set the permissions of /etc/ipsec.conf, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/ipsec.conf
Verify Permissions On /etc/ipsec.secrets File To properly set the permissions of /etc/ipsec.secrets, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/ipsec.secrets
CCE-91153-7 Verify Any Configured IPSec Tunnel Connections Libreswan provides an implementation of IPsec and IKE, which permits the creation of secure tunnels over untrusted networks. As such, IPsec can be used to circumvent certain network requirements such as filtering. Verify that if any IPsec connection (conn) configured in /etc/ipsec.conf and /etc/ipsec.d exists is an approved organizational connection.
CCE-91244-4 Install iptables Package The iptables package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install iptables
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/iptables Directory To properly set the group owner of /etc/iptables, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/iptables
Verify User Who Owns /etc/iptables Directory To properly set the owner of /etc/iptables, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/iptables 
Verify Permissions On /etc/iptables Directory To properly set the permissions of /etc/iptables, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/iptables
CCE-92523-0 Ensure iptables are flushed nftables is a replacement for iptables, ip6tables, ebtables and arptables
Verify ip6tables Enabled if Using IPv6 The ip6tables service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable ip6tables.service
CCE-92475-3 Verify iptables Enabled The iptables service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable iptables.service
CCE-91342-6 Set Default ip6tables Policy for Incoming Packets To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in INPUT chain which processes incoming packets, add or correct the following line in /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables:
:INPUT DROP [0:0]
If changes were required, reload the ip6tables rules:
$ sudo service ip6tables reload
CCE-91346-7 Set configuration for IPv6 loopback traffic Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network.
CCE-91345-9 Set configuration for loopback traffic Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network.
CCE-92494-4 Set Default iptables Policy for Incoming Packets To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in INPUT chain which processes incoming packets, add or correct the following line in /etc/sysconfig/iptables:
:INPUT DROP [0:0]
CCE-92483-7 Set Default iptables Policy for Forwarded Packets To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for the built-in FORWARD chain which processes packets that will be forwarded from one interface to another, add or correct the following line in /etc/sysconfig/iptables:
:FORWARD DROP [0:0]
CCE-92531-3 Ensure Outbound and Established Connections are Configured Configure the firewall rules for new outbound and established connections.
CCE-91240-2 Ensure IPv6 is disabled through kernel boot parameter To disable IPv6 protocol support in the Linux kernel, add the argument ipv6.disable=1 to the default GRUB2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain ipv6.disable=1 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) ipv6.disable=1"
Disable IPv6 Networking Support Automatic Loading To prevent the IPv6 kernel module (ipv6) from binding to the IPv6 networking stack, add the following line to /etc/modprobe.d/disabled.conf (or another file in /etc/modprobe.d):
options ipv6 disable=1
This permits the IPv6 module to be loaded (and thus satisfy other modules that depend on it), while disabling support for the IPv6 protocol.
CCE-92496-9 Disable IPv6 Addressing on All IPv6 Interfaces To disable support for (ipv6) addressing on all interface add the following line to /etc/sysctl.d/ipv6.conf (or another file in /etc/sysctl.d):
net.ipv6.conf.all.disable_ipv6 = 1
This disables IPv6 on all network interfaces as other services and system functionality require the IPv6 stack loaded to work.
Disable IPv6 Addressing on IPv6 Interfaces by Default To disable support for (ipv6) addressing on interfaces by default add the following line to /etc/sysctl.d/ipv6.conf (or another file in /etc/sysctl.d):
net.ipv6.conf.default.disable_ipv6 = 1
This disables IPv6 on network interfaces by default as other services and system functionality require the IPv6 stack loaded to work.
CCE-92473-8 Configure Accepting Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra = 0
CCE-91202-2 Configure Accepting Default Router in Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_defrtr kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_defrtr=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_defrtr = 0
CCE-91203-0 Configure Accepting Prefix Information in Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_pinfo kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_pinfo=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_pinfo = 0
CCE-91204-8 Configure Accepting Router Preference in Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_rtr_pref kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_rtr_pref=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_ra_rtr_pref = 0
CCE-85708-6 Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0
CCE-85649-2 Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0
CCE-85713-6 Disable Kernel Parameter for IPv6 Forwarding To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding = 0
CCE-91206-3 Configure Maximum Number of Autoconfigured Addresses on All IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.max_addresses kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.max_addresses=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.max_addresses = 1
CCE-91207-1 Configure Denying Router Solicitations on All IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.router_solicitations kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.router_solicitations=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.all.router_solicitations = 0
CCE-92474-6 Disable Accepting Router Advertisements on all IPv6 Interfaces by Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra = 0
CCE-91208-9 Configure Accepting Default Router in Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces By Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_defrtr kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_defrtr=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_defrtr = 0
CCE-91209-7 Configure Accepting Prefix Information in Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces By Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_pinfo kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_pinfo=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_pinfo = 0
CCE-91210-5 Configure Accepting Router Preference in Router Advertisements on All IPv6 Interfaces By Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_rtr_pref kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_rtr_pref=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_ra_rtr_pref = 0
CCE-85722-7 Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv6 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0
CCE-85653-4 Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv6 Interfaces by Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0
CCE-91211-3 Configure Auto Configuration on All IPv6 Interfaces By Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.autoconf kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.autoconf=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.autoconf = 0
CCE-85725-0 Disable Kernel Parameter for IPv6 Forwarding by default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.forwarding = 0
CCE-91212-1 Configure Maximum Number of Autoconfigured Addresses on All IPv6 Interfaces By Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.max_addresses kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.max_addresses=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.max_addresses = 1
CCE-91213-9 Configure Denying Router Solicitations on All IPv6 Interfaces By Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.router_solicitations kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.router_solicitations=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv6.conf.default.router_solicitations = 0
Disable Accepting Packets Routed Between Local Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_local kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_local=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_local = 0
CCE-85651-8 Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0
CCE-85648-4 Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0
Configure ARP filtering for All IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_filter=
         
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_filter = 
         
Configure Response Mode of ARP Requests for All IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_ignore kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_ignore=
         
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.arp_ignore = 
         
CCE-91222-0 Enable Kernel Parameter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians = 1
Prevent Routing External Traffic to Local Loopback on All IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.route_localnet kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.route_localnet=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.route_localnet = 0
CCE-91218-8 Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = 1
CCE-91220-4 Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = 0
Configure Sending and Accepting Shared Media Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.shared_media kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.shared_media=
         
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.shared_media = 
         
CCE-85652-6 Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting ICMP Redirects by Default on IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_redirects = 0
CCE-85650-0 Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv4 Interfaces by Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0
CCE-92482-9 Enable Kernel Paremeter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians = 1
CCE-91219-6 Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = 1
CCE-91221-2 Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure Redirects By Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = 0
Configure Sending and Accepting Shared Media Redirects by Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.shared_media kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.shared_media=
         
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.shared_media = 
         
CCE-91243-6 Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore ICMP Broadcast Echo Requests on IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts = 1
CCE-91224-6 Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore Bogus ICMP Error Responses on IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = 1
CCE-91225-3 Set Kernel Parameter to Increase Local Port Range To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.ip_local_port_range kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_local_port_range=32768 65535
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.ip_local_port_range = 32768 65535
Configure Kernel to Rate Limit Sending of Duplicate TCP Acknowledgments Make sure that the system is configured to limit the maximal rate for sending duplicate acknowledgments in response to incoming TCP packets that are for an existing connection but that are invalid due to any of these reasons: (a) out-of-window sequence number, (b) out-of-window acknowledgment number, or (c) PAWS (Protection Against Wrapped Sequence numbers) check failure This measure protects against or limits effects of DoS attacks against the system. Set the system to implement rate-limiting measures by adding the following line to /etc/sysctl.conf or a configuration file in the /etc/sysctl.d/ directory (or modify the line to have the required value):
net.ipv4.tcp_invalid_ratelimit = 
         
Issue the following command to make the changes take effect:
# sysctl --system
CCE-91223-8 Enable Kernel Parameter to Use TCP RFC 1337 on IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.tcp_rfc1337 kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rfc1337=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.tcp_rfc1337 = 1
CCE-83283-2 Enable Kernel Parameter to Use TCP Syncookies on Network Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = 1
CCE-85655-9 Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0
CCE-85654-2 Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0
CCE-85709-4 Disable Kernel Parameter for IP Forwarding on IPv4 Interfaces To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.ip_forward kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0
CCE-92469-6 Install nftables Package nftables provides a new in-kernel packet classification framework that is based on a network-specific Virtual Machine (VM) and a new nft userspace command line tool. nftables reuses the existing Netfilter subsystems such as the existing hook infrastructure, the connection tracking system, NAT, userspace queuing and logging subsystem. The nftables package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install nftables
CCE-92518-0 Uninstall nftables package nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network packets/datagrams/frames and is the successor to iptables. The nftables package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove nftables
CCE-92560-2 Verify nftables Service is Enabled The nftables service allows for the loading of nftables rulesets during boot, or starting on the nftables service The nftables service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable nftables.service
CCE-92529-7 Verify nftables Service is Disabled nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network packets/datagrams/frames and is the successor to iptables. The nftables service can be disabled with the following command:
systemctl disable nftables
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/nftables Directory To properly set the group owner of /etc/nftables, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/nftables
Verify User Who Owns /etc/nftables Directory To properly set the owner of /etc/nftables, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/nftables 
Verify Permissions On /etc/nftables Directory To properly set the permissions of /etc/nftables, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/nftables
CCE-92507-3 Ensure nftables Default Deny Firewall Policy Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of the chain. There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept, the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will continue traversing the network stack.
CCE-92485-2 Ensure nftables Rules are Permanent nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network packets/datagrams/frames. The nftables service reads the file for a nftables file or files to include in the nftables ruleset. A nftables ruleset containing the input, forward, and output base chains allow network traffic to be filtered.
CCE-92578-4 Ensure Base Chains Exist for Nftables Tables in nftables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of six families. Chains are containers for rules. They exist in two kinds, base chains and regular chains. A base chain is an entry point for packets from the networking stack, a regular chain may be used as jump target and is used for better rule organization.
CCE-92481-1 Set nftables Configuration for Loopback Traffic Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network.
CCE-92564-4 Ensure all outbound and established connections are configured for nftables Configure the nftables firewall rules for new outbound and established connections
CCE-92569-3 Ensure a Table Exists for Nftables Tables in nftables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of six families.
Verify ufw Enabled The ufw service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable ufw.service
CCE-91241-0 Disable DCCP Support The Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) is a relatively new transport layer protocol, designed to support streaming media and telephony. To configure the system to prevent the dccp kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/dccp.conf:
install dccp /bin/false
Disable RDS Support The Reliable Datagram Sockets (RDS) protocol is a transport layer protocol designed to provide reliable high-bandwidth, low-latency communications between nodes in a cluster. To configure the system to prevent the rds kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/rds.conf:
install rds /bin/false
CCE-91242-8 Disable SCTP Support The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is a transport layer protocol, designed to support the idea of message-oriented communication, with several streams of messages within one connection. To configure the system to prevent the sctp kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf:
install sctp /bin/false
Disable TIPC Support The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol is designed to provide communications between nodes in a cluster. To configure the system to prevent the tipc kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf:
install tipc /bin/false
CCE-83286-5 Deactivate Wireless Network Interfaces Deactivating wireless network interfaces should prevent normal usage of the wireless capability.

Configure the system to disable wireless network interfaces by issuing the following command for every active <WIFI-INTERFACE> in the system:
$ sudo wicked ifdown <WIFI-INTERFACE>
Also remove the configuration files for every wifi adapter from /etc/wicked/ifconfig/<WIFI-INTERFACE>.xml to prevent future connections.
CCE-91239-4 Ensure All World-Writable Directories Are Owned by root User All directories in local partitions which are world-writable should be owned by root. If any world-writable directories are not owned by root, this should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to root user.
CCE-83282-4 Verify that All World-Writable Directories Have Sticky Bits Set When the so-called 'sticky bit' is set on a directory, only the owner of a given file may remove that file from the directory. Without the sticky bit, any user with write access to a directory may remove any file in the directory. Setting the sticky bit prevents users from removing each other's files. In cases where there is no reason for a directory to be world-writable, a better solution is to remove that permission rather than to set the sticky bit. However, if a directory is used by a particular application, consult that application's documentation instead of blindly changing modes.
To set the sticky bit on a world-writable directory DIR, run the following command:
$ sudo chmod +t DIR
        
CCE-85637-7 Ensure All World-Writable Directories Are Group Owned by a System Account All directories in local partitions which are world-writable should be group owned by root or another system account. If any world-writable directories are not group owned by a system account, this should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate group.
CCE-85743-3 Verify that system commands directories have root as a group owner System commands are stored in the following directories: by default:
/bin 
/sbin 
/usr/bin 
/usr/sbin 
/usr/local/bin 
/usr/local/sbin
All these directories should have root user as a group owner. If any system command directory is not group owned by a user other than root correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chgrp root DIR
        
CCE-85741-7 Verify that system commands directories have root ownership System commands are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin 
/sbin 
/usr/bin 
/usr/sbin 
/usr/local/bin 
/usr/local/sbin
All these directories should be owned by the root user. If any system command directory is not owned by a user other than root correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root DIR
        
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/crypttab File To properly set the group owner of /etc/crypttab, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/crypttab
Verify Group Who Owns System.map Files The System.map files are symbol map files generated during the compilation of the Linux kernel. They contain the mapping between kernel symbols and their corresponding memory addresses. These files must be group-owned by root. To properly set the group owner of /boot/System.map*, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /boot/System.map*
Verify User Who Owns /etc/crypttab File To properly set the owner of /etc/crypttab, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/crypttab 
Verify User Who Owns System.map Files The System.map files are symbol map files generated during the compilation of the Linux kernel. They contain the mapping between kernel symbols and their corresponding memory addresses. These files must be owned by root. To properly set the owner of /boot/System.map*, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /boot/System.map* 
Verify Permissions On /etc/crypttab File To properly set the permissions of /etc/crypttab, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/crypttab
Verify Permissions on System.map Files The System.map files are symbol map files generated during the compilation of the Linux kernel. They contain the mapping between kernel symbols and their corresponding memory addresses. In general, there is no need for non-root users to read these files. To properly set the permissions of /boot/System.map*, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0600 /boot/System.map*
CCE-91175-0 Ensure All SGID Executables Are Authorized The SGID (set group id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SGID files is determine if any were not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the origin of any unpackaged SGID files. This configuration check considers authorized SGID files those which were installed via RPM. It is assumed that when an individual has sudo access to install an RPM and all packages are signed with an organizationally-recognized GPG key, the software should be considered an approved package on the system. Any SGID file not deployed through an RPM will be flagged for further review.
CCE-91174-3 Ensure All SUID Executables Are Authorized The SUID (set user id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SUID files is determine if any were not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the origin of any unpackaged SUID files. This configuration check considers authorized SUID files those which were installed via RPM. It is assumed that when an individual has sudo access to install an RPM and all packages are signed with an organizationally-recognized GPG key, the software should be considered an approved package on the system. Any SUID file not deployed through an RPM will be flagged for further review.
CCE-91233-7 Ensure No World-Writable Files Exist It is generally a good idea to remove global (other) write access to a file when it is discovered. However, check with documentation for specific applications before making changes. Also, monitor for recurring world-writable files, as these may be symptoms of a misconfigured application or user account. Finally, this applies to real files and not virtual files that are a part of pseudo file systems such as sysfs or procfs.
CCE-85658-3 Ensure All Files Are Owned by a Group If any file is not group-owned by a group present in /etc/group, the cause of the lack of group-ownership must be investigated. Following this, those files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate group. Locate the mount points related to local devices by the following command:
$ findmnt -n -l -k -it $(awk '/nodev/ { print $2 }' /proc/filesystems | paste -sd,)
For all mount points listed by the previous command, it is necessary to search for files which do not belong to a valid group using the following command:
$ sudo find MOUNTPOINT -xdev -nogroup 2>/dev/null
CCE-85657-5 Ensure All Files Are Owned by a User If any files are not owned by a user, then the cause of their lack of ownership should be investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate user. Locate the mount points related to local devices by the following command:
$ findmnt -n -l -k -it $(awk '/nodev/ { print $2 }' /proc/filesystems | paste -sd,)
For all mount points listed by the previous command, it is necessary to search for files which do not belong to a valid user using the following command:
$ sudo find MOUNTPOINT -xdev -nouser 2>/dev/null
CCE-85755-7 Verify permissions of log files Any operating system providing too much information in error messages risks compromising the data and security of the structure, and content of error messages needs to be carefully considered by the organization. Organizations carefully consider the structure/content of error messages. The extent to which information systems are able to identify and handle error conditions is guided by organizational policy and operational requirements. Information that could be exploited by adversaries includes, for example, erroneous logon attempts with passwords entered by mistake as the username, mission/business information that can be derived from (if not stated explicitly by) information recorded, and personal information, such as account numbers, social security numbers, and credit card numbers.
CCE-91252-7 Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Hardlinks To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_hardlinks kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_hardlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
fs.protected_hardlinks = 1
CCE-91253-5 Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Symlinks To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_symlinks kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_symlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
fs.protected_symlinks = 1
CCE-85572-6 Verify Permissions and Ownership of Old Passwords File To properly set the owner of /etc/security/opasswd, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/security/opasswd 
To properly set the group owner of /etc/security/opasswd, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/security/opasswd
To properly set the permissions of /etc/security/opasswd, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/security/opasswd
CCE-91329-3 Verify Group Who Owns Backup group File To properly set the group owner of /etc/group-, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/group-
CCE-92698-0 Verify Group Who Owns Backup gshadow File To properly set the group owner of /etc/gshadow-, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/gshadow-
CCE-91323-6 Verify Group Who Owns Backup passwd File To properly set the group owner of /etc/passwd-, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/passwd-
CCE-91327-7 Verify User Who Owns Backup shadow File To properly set the group owner of /etc/shadow-, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp shadow /etc/shadow-
CCE-85801-9 Verify Group Who Owns group File To properly set the group owner of /etc/group, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/group
CCE-91348-3 Verify Group Who Owns gshadow File To properly set the group owner of /etc/gshadow, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/gshadow
CCE-85809-2 Verify Group Who Owns passwd File To properly set the group owner of /etc/passwd, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/passwd
CCE-85808-4 Verify Group Who Owns shadow File To properly set the group owner of /etc/shadow, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp shadow /etc/shadow
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/shells File To properly set the group owner of /etc/shells, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/shells
CCE-91330-1 Verify User Who Owns Backup group File To properly set the owner of /etc/group-, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/group- 
CCE-92699-8 Verify User Who Owns Backup gshadow File To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow-, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow- 
CCE-91324-4 Verify User Who Owns Backup passwd File To properly set the owner of /etc/passwd-, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/passwd- 
CCE-91326-9 Verify Group Who Owns Backup shadow File To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow-, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/shadow- 
CCE-85802-7 Verify User Who Owns group File To properly set the owner of /etc/group, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/group 
CCE-91230-3 Verify User Who Owns gshadow File To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow 
CCE-85806-8 Verify User Who Owns passwd File To properly set the owner of /etc/passwd, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/passwd 
CCE-85807-6 Verify User Who Owns shadow File To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/shadow 
Verify Who Owns /etc/shells File To properly set the owner of /etc/shells, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/shells 
CCE-91331-9 Verify Permissions on Backup group File To properly set the permissions of /etc/group-, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/group-
CCE-92700-4 Verify Permissions on Backup gshadow File To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow-, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow-
CCE-91325-1 Verify Permissions on Backup passwd File To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd-, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd-
CCE-91328-5 Verify Permissions on Backup shadow File To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow-, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/shadow-
CCE-85803-5 Verify Permissions on group File To properly set the permissions of /etc/group, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/group
CCE-91231-1 Verify Permissions on gshadow File To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow
CCE-85805-0 Verify Permissions on passwd File To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd
CCE-85804-3 Verify Permissions on shadow File To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/shadow
Verify Permissions on /etc/shells File To properly set the permissions of /etc/shells, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/shells
Verify Group Who Owns /var/log Directory To properly set the group owner of /var/log, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /var/log
Verify Group Who Owns /var/log/messages File To properly set the group owner of /var/log/messages, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /var/log/messages
Verify Group Who Owns /var/log/syslog File To properly set the group owner of /var/log/syslog, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp adm /var/log/syslog
Verify User Who Owns /var/log Directory To properly set the owner of /var/log, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /var/log 
Verify User Who Owns /var/log/messages File To properly set the owner of /var/log/messages, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /var/log/messages 
Verify User Who Owns /var/log/syslog File To properly set the owner of /var/log/syslog, run the command:
$ sudo chown syslog /var/log/syslog 
Verify Permissions on /var/log Directory To properly set the permissions of /var/log, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0755 /var/log
Verify Permissions on /var/log/messages File To properly set the permissions of /var/log/messages, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /var/log/messages
Verify Permissions on /var/log/syslog File To properly set the permissions of /var/log/syslog, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /var/log/syslog
CCE-85737-5 Verify that Shared Library Directories Have Root Group Ownership System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default:
/lib
/lib64
/usr/lib
/usr/lib64
Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are also stored in /lib/modules. All files in these directories should be group-owned by the root user. If the directories, is found to be owned by a user other than root correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chgrp root DIR
         
Verify that System Executable Have Root Ownership
/bin
/sbin
/usr/bin
/usr/sbin
/usr/local/bin
/usr/local/sbin
All these directories should be owned by the root user. If any directory DIR in these directories is found to be owned by a user other than root, correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root DIR
         
CCE-85735-9 Verify that Shared Library Directories Have Root Ownership System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default:
/lib
/lib64
/usr/lib
/usr/lib64
Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are also stored in /lib/modules. All files in these directories should be owned by the root user. If the directories, is found to be owned by a user other than root correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root DIR
         
Verify that System Executable Directories Have Restrictive Permissions System executables are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin
/sbin
/usr/bin
/usr/sbin
/usr/local/bin
/usr/local/sbin
These directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. If any directory DIR in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command:
$ sudo chmod go-w DIR
         
CCE-85753-2 Verify that Shared Library Directories Have Restrictive Permissions System-wide shared library directories, which contain are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default:
/lib
/lib64
/usr/lib
/usr/lib64
Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are stored in /lib/modules. All sub-directories in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. If any file in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command:
$ sudo chmod go-w DIR
         
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/sysctl.d Directory To properly set the group owner of /etc/sysctl.d, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/sysctl.d
Verify User Who Owns /etc/sysctl.d Directory To properly set the owner of /etc/sysctl.d, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/sysctl.d 
Verify Permissions On /etc/sysctl.d Directory To properly set the permissions of /etc/sysctl.d, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0755 /etc/sysctl.d
CCE-85742-5 Verify that system commands files are group owned by root or a system account System commands files are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin
/sbin
/usr/bin
/usr/sbin
/usr/local/bin
/usr/local/sbin
All files in these directories should be owned by the root group, or a system account. If the directory, or any file in these directories, is found to be owned by a group other than root or a a system account correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chgrp root FILE
         
CCE-85730-0 Verify that System Executables Have Root Ownership System executables are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin
/sbin
/usr/bin
/usr/libexec
/usr/local/bin
/usr/local/sbin
/usr/sbin
All files in these directories should be owned by the root user. If any file FILE in these directories is found to be owned by a user other than root, correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root FILE
         
CCE-85756-5 Verify that Shared Library Files Have Root Ownership System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default:
/lib
/lib64
/usr/lib
/usr/lib64
Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are also stored in /lib/modules. All files in these directories should be owned by the root user. If the directory, or any file in these directories, is found to be owned by a user other than root correct its ownership with the following command:
$ sudo chown root FILE
         
CCE-85729-2 Verify that System Executables Have Restrictive Permissions System executables are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin
/sbin
/usr/bin
/usr/libexec
/usr/local/bin
/usr/local/sbin
/usr/sbin
All files in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. If any file FILE in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command:
$ sudo chmod go-w FILE
         
CCE-85670-8 Verify that Shared Library Files Have Restrictive Permissions System-wide shared library files, which are linked to executables during process load time or run time, are stored in the following directories by default:
/lib
/lib64
/usr/lib
/usr/lib64
Kernel modules, which can be added to the kernel during runtime, are stored in /lib/modules. All files in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. If any file in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command:
$ sudo chmod go-w FILE
         
CCE-85738-3 Verify that system commands are protected from unauthorized access System commands are stored in the following directories by default:
/bin
/sbin
/usr/bin
/usr/sbin
/usr/local/bin
/usr/local/sbin
All files in these directories should not be group-writable or world-writable. If any file FILE in these directories is found to be group-writable or world-writable, correct its permission with the following command:
$ sudo chmod 755 FILE
         
CCE-85736-7 Verify the system-wide library files in directories "/lib", "/lib64", "/usr/lib/" and "/usr/lib64" are group-owned by root. System-wide library files are stored in the following directories by default:
/lib
/lib64
/usr/lib
/usr/lib64
All system-wide shared library files should be protected from unauthorised access. If any of these files is not group-owned by root, correct its group-owner with the following command:
$ sudo chgrp root FILE
         
CCE-83278-2 Disable the Automounter The autofs daemon mounts and unmounts filesystems, such as user home directories shared via NFS, on demand. In addition, autofs can be used to handle removable media, and the default configuration provides the cdrom device as /misc/cd. However, this method of providing access to removable media is not common, so autofs can almost always be disabled if NFS is not in use. Even if NFS is required, it may be possible to configure filesystem mounts statically by editing /etc/fstab rather than relying on the automounter.

The autofs service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now autofs.service
CCE-92451-4 Disable Mounting of cramfs To configure the system to prevent the cramfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/cramfs.conf:
install cramfs /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The cramfs filesystem type is a compressed read-only Linux filesystem embedded in small footprint systems. A cramfs image can be used without having to first decompress the image.
Disable Mounting of freevxfs To configure the system to prevent the freevxfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/freevxfs.conf:
install freevxfs /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.
Disable Mounting of hfs To configure the system to prevent the hfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/hfs.conf:
install hfs /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.
Disable Mounting of hfsplus To configure the system to prevent the hfsplus kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/hfsplus.conf:
install hfsplus /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.
Disable Mounting of jffs2 To configure the system to prevent the jffs2 kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/jffs2.conf:
install jffs2 /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem.
CCE-92452-2 Disable Mounting of squashfs To configure the system to prevent the squashfs kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/squashfs.conf:
install squashfs /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The squashfs filesystem type is a compressed read-only Linux filesystem embedded in small footprint systems (similar to cramfs). A squashfs image can be used without having to first decompress the image.
CCE-92453-0 Disable Mounting of udf To configure the system to prevent the udf kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/udf.conf:
install udf /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The udf filesystem type is the universal disk format used to implement the ISO/IEC 13346 and ECMA-167 specifications. This is an open vendor filesystem type for data storage on a broad range of media. This filesystem type is neccessary to support writing DVDs and newer optical disc formats.
CCE-83294-9 Disable Modprobe Loading of USB Storage Driver To prevent USB storage devices from being used, configure the kernel module loading system to prevent automatic loading of the USB storage driver. To configure the system to prevent the usb-storage kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/usb-storage.conf:
install usb-storage /bin/false
This will prevent the modprobe program from loading the usb-storage module, but will not prevent an administrator (or another program) from using the insmod program to load the module manually.
CCE-92454-8 Disable Mounting of vFAT filesystems To configure the system to prevent the vfat kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/vfat.conf:
install vfat /bin/false
This effectively prevents usage of this uncommon filesystem. The vFAT filesystem format is primarily used on older windows systems and portable USB drives or flash modules. It comes in three types FAT12, FAT16, and FAT32 all of which are supported by the vfat kernel module.
CCE-91234-5 Add noexec Option to /boot The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /boot. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /boot.
CCE-91235-2 Add nosuid Option to /boot The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /boot. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required on the boot partition. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /boot.
CCE-92457-1 Add nodev Option to /dev/shm The nodev mount option can be used to prevent creation of device files in /dev/shm. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /dev/shm. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.
CCE-92456-3 Add noexec Option to /dev/shm The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /dev/shm. It can be dangerous to allow the execution of binaries from world-writable temporary storage directories such as /dev/shm. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.
CCE-92458-9 Add nosuid Option to /dev/shm The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /dev/shm. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /dev/shm.
CCE-92460-5 Add nodev Option to /home The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from being created in /home. Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot jails built for system services. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /home.
CCE-91236-0 Add noexec Option to /home The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /home. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /home.
CCE-85633-6 Add nosuid Option to /home The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /home. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these user data directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /home.
CCE-91237-8 Add nodev Option to Non-Root Local Partitions The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as character or block devices. Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot jails built for system services. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any non-root local partitions.
CCE-92462-1 Add nodev Option to Removable Media Partitions The nodev mount option prevents files from being interpreted as character or block devices. Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot jails built for system services. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.
CCE-92461-3 Add noexec Option to Removable Media Partitions The noexec mount option prevents the direct execution of binaries on the mounted filesystem. Preventing the direct execution of binaries from removable media (such as a USB key) provides a defense against malicious software that may be present on such untrusted media. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.
CCE-85634-4 Add nosuid Option to Removable Media Partitions The nosuid mount option prevents set-user-identifier (SUID) and set-group-identifier (SGID) permissions from taking effect. These permissions allow users to execute binaries with the same permissions as the owner and group of the file respectively. Users should not be allowed to introduce SUID and SGID files into the system via partitions mounted from removeable media. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any removable media partitions.
CCE-91270-9 Add nosuid Option to /opt The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /opt. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in this directory. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /opt.
CCE-91271-7 Add nosuid Option to /srv The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /srv. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in this directory. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /srv.
CCE-92455-5 Add nodev Option to /tmp The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from being created in /tmp. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /tmp. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.
CCE-91272-5 Add noexec Option to /tmp The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /tmp. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.
CCE-91273-3 Add nosuid Option to /tmp The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /tmp. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /tmp.
CCE-91274-1 Add noexec Option to /var/log The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /var/log. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/log.
CCE-91275-8 Add nosuid Option to /var/log The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /var/log. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in directories containing log files. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/log.
CCE-91276-6 Add noexec Option to /var The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /var. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var.
CCE-91277-4 Add nosuid Option to /var The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /var. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required for this directory. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var.
CCE-92459-7 Add nodev Option to /var/tmp The nodev mount option can be used to prevent device files from being created in /var/tmp. Legitimate character and block devices should not exist within temporary directories like /var/tmp. Add the nodev option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/tmp.
CCE-91278-2 Add noexec Option to /var/tmp The noexec mount option can be used to prevent binaries from being executed out of /var/tmp. Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/tmp.
CCE-91279-0 Add nosuid Option to /var/tmp The nosuid mount option can be used to prevent execution of setuid programs in /var/tmp. The SUID and SGID permissions should not be required in these world-writable directories. Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of /var/tmp.
CCE-83285-7 Verify that local /var/log/messages is not world-readable Files containing sensitive informations should be protected by restrictive permissions. Most of the time, there is no need that these files need to be read by any non-root user To properly set the permissions of /var/log/messages, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /var/log/messages
Check that "permissions.local" file contains the correct permissions rules with the following command:
# grep -i messages /etc/permissions.local

/var/log/messages root:root 640
CCE-85609-6 Verify Permissions of Local Logs of audit Tools The SUSE operating system audit tools must have the proper permissions configured to protect against unauthorized access. Check that "permissions.local" file contains the correct permissions rules with the following command:
grep "^/usr/sbin/au" /etc/permissions.local

/usr/sbin/audispd root:root 0750
/usr/sbin/auditctl root:root 0750
/usr/sbin/auditd root:root 0750
/usr/sbin/ausearch root:root 0755
/usr/sbin/aureport root:root 0755
/usr/sbin/autrace root:root 0750
/usr/sbin/augenrules root:root 0750
Audit tools include but are not limited to vendor-provided and open-source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.
CCE-85607-0 Verify that Local Logs of the audit Daemon are not World-Readable Files containing sensitive informations should be protected by restrictive permissions. Most of the time, there is no need that these files need to be read by any non-root user. Check that "permissions.local" file contains the correct permissions rules with the following command:
# grep -i audit /etc/permissions.local

/var/log/audit/ root:root 600
/var/log/audit/audit.log root:root 600
/etc/audit/audit.rules root:root 640
/etc/audit/rules.d/audit.rules root:root 640
Disable the uvcvideo module If the device contains a camera it should be covered or disabled when not in use.
CCE-91448-1 Restrict Access to Kernel Message Buffer To set the runtime status of the kernel.dmesg_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.dmesg_restrict=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.dmesg_restrict = 1
CCE-91256-8 Disable loading and unloading of kernel modules To set the runtime status of the kernel.modules_disabled kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.modules_disabled=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.modules_disabled = 1
Kernel panic on oops To set the runtime status of the kernel.panic_on_oops kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.panic_on_oops=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.panic_on_oops = 1
CCE-91257-6 Limit CPU consumption of the Perf system To set the runtime status of the kernel.perf_cpu_time_max_percent kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.perf_cpu_time_max_percent=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.perf_cpu_time_max_percent = 1
CCE-91259-2 Limit sampling frequency of the Perf system To set the runtime status of the kernel.perf_event_max_sample_rate kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.perf_event_max_sample_rate=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.perf_event_max_sample_rate = 1
CCE-91258-4 Disallow kernel profiling by unprivileged users To set the runtime status of the kernel.perf_event_paranoid kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.perf_event_paranoid=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.perf_event_paranoid = 2
CCE-91260-0 Configure maximum number of process identifiers To set the runtime status of the kernel.pid_max kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.pid_max=65536
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.pid_max = 65536
CCE-91261-8 Disallow magic SysRq key To set the runtime status of the kernel.sysrq kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.sysrq=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.sysrq = 0
CCE-91263-4 Prevent applications from mapping low portion of virtual memory To set the runtime status of the vm.mmap_min_addr kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w vm.mmap_min_addr=65536
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
vm.mmap_min_addr = 65536
CCE-85745-8 Disable core dump backtraces The ProcessSizeMax option in [Coredump] section of /etc/systemd/coredump.conf specifies the maximum size in bytes of a core which will be processed. Core dumps exceeding this size may be stored, but the backtrace will not be generated.
CCE-85746-6 Disable storing core dump The Storage option in [Coredump] section of /etc/systemd/coredump.conf or /etc/systemd/coredump.conf.d/*.conf can be set to none to disable storing core dumps permanently.
CCE-85740-9 Disable Core Dumps for All Users To disable core dumps for all users, add the following line to /etc/security/limits.conf, or to a file within the /etc/security/limits.d/ directory:
*     hard   core    0
CCE-91447-3 Disable Core Dumps for SUID programs To set the runtime status of the fs.suid_dumpable kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
fs.suid_dumpable = 0
CCE-91417-6 Enable ExecShield via sysctl By default on SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 64-bit systems, ExecShield is enabled and can only be disabled if the hardware does not support ExecShield or is disabled in /etc/default/grub. For SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 32-bit systems, sysctl can be used to enable ExecShield.
CCE-83299-8 Restrict Exposed Kernel Pointer Addresses Access To set the runtime status of the kernel.kptr_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.kptr_restrict=
         
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.kptr_restrict = 
         
CCE-83300-4 Enable Randomized Layout of Virtual Address Space To set the runtime status of the kernel.randomize_va_space kernel parameter, run the following command:
$ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d:
kernel.randomize_va_space = 2
CCE-91254-3 Enable NX or XD Support in the BIOS Reboot the system and enter the BIOS or Setup configuration menu. Navigate the BIOS configuration menu and make sure that the option is enabled. The setting may be located under a Security section. Look for Execute Disable (XD) on Intel-based systems and No Execute (NX) on AMD-based systems.
CCE-91255-0 Install PAE Kernel on Supported 32-bit x86 Systems Systems that are using the 64-bit x86 kernel package do not need to install the kernel-PAE package because the 64-bit x86 kernel already includes this support. However, if the system is 32-bit and also supports the PAE and NX features as determined in the previous section, the kernel-PAE package should be installed to enable XD or NX support. The kernel-PAE package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install kernel-PAE
The installation process should also have configured the bootloader to load the new kernel at boot. Verify this after reboot and modify /etc/default/grub if necessary.
CCE-92490-2 Install libselinux Package The libselinux package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install libselinux
Uninstall mcstrans Package The mcstransd daemon provides category label information to client processes requesting information. The label translations are defined in /etc/selinux/targeted/setrans.conf. The mcstrans package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove mcstrans
CCE-91269-1 Uninstall setroubleshoot-plugins Package The SETroubleshoot plugins are used to analyze SELinux AVC data. The service provides information around configuration errors, unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors. The setroubleshoot-plugins package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove setroubleshoot-plugins
CCE-91267-5 Uninstall setroubleshoot-server Package The SETroubleshoot service notifies desktop users of SELinux denials. The service provides information around configuration errors, unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors. The setroubleshoot-server package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove setroubleshoot-server
CCE-91268-3 Uninstall setroubleshoot Package The SETroubleshoot service notifies desktop users of SELinux denials. The service provides information around configuration errors, unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors. The setroubleshoot package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove setroubleshoot
Ensure SELinux Not Disabled in the kernel arguments SELinux can be disabled at boot time by disabling it via a kernel argument. Remove any instances of selinux=0 from the kernel arguments in that file to prevent SELinux from being disabled at boot.
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/selinux Directory To properly set the group owner of /etc/selinux, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/selinux
Verify User Who Owns /etc/selinux Directory To properly set the owner of /etc/selinux, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/selinux 
Verify Permissions On /etc/selinux Directory To properly set the permissions of /etc/selinux, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0755 /etc/selinux
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/sestatus.conf File To properly set the group owner of /etc/sestatus.conf, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/sestatus.conf
Verify User Who Owns /etc/sestatus.conf File To properly set the owner of /etc/sestatus.conf, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/sestatus.conf 
Verify Permissions On /etc/sestatus.conf File To properly set the permissions of /etc/sestatus.conf, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/sestatus.conf
CCE-91443-2 Ensure SELinux Not Disabled in /etc/default/grub SELinux can be disabled at boot time by an argument in /etc/default/grub. Remove any instances of selinux=0 from the kernel arguments in that file to prevent SELinux from being disabled at boot.
CCE-91444-0 Ensure No Daemons are Unconfined by SELinux Daemons for which the SELinux policy does not contain rules will inherit the context of the parent process. Because daemons are launched during startup and descend from the init process, they inherit the unconfined_service_t context.

To check for unconfined daemons, run the following command:
$ sudo ps -eZ | grep "unconfined_service_t"
It should produce no output in a well-configured system.
Ensure SELinux is Not Disabled The SELinux state should be set to enforcing or permissive at system boot time. In the file /etc/selinux/config, add or correct the following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing or permissive mode:
SELINUX=enforcing
OR
SELINUX=permissive
CCE-91445-7 Configure SELinux Policy The SELinux targeted policy is appropriate for general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles. To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line in /etc/selinux/config:
SELINUXTYPE=
       
Other policies, such as mls, provide additional security labeling and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose use cases.
CCE-91446-5 Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing The SELinux state should be set to at system boot time. In the file /etc/selinux/config, add or correct the following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing mode:
SELINUX=
       
CCE-91265-9 Configure the deny_execmem SELinux Boolean By default, the SELinux boolean deny_execmem is disabled. This setting should be configured to .
To set the deny_execmem SELinux boolean, run the following command:
$ sudo setsebool -P deny_execmem 
        
CCE-91238-6 Configure the polyinstantiation_enabled SELinux Boolean By default, the SELinux boolean polyinstantiation_enabled is disabled. This setting should be configured to .
To set the polyinstantiation_enabled SELinux boolean, run the following command:
$ sudo setsebool -P polyinstantiation_enabled 
        
CCE-91266-7 Configure the secure_mode_insmod SELinux Boolean By default, the SELinux boolean secure_mode_insmod is disabled. This setting should be configured to .
To set the secure_mode_insmod SELinux boolean, run the following command:
$ sudo setsebool -P secure_mode_insmod 
        
CCE-91424-2 Disable the selinuxuser_execheap SELinux Boolean By default, the SELinux boolean selinuxuser_execheap is disabled. When enabled this boolean is enabled it allows selinuxusers to execute code from the heap. If this setting is enabled, it should be disabled. To disable the selinuxuser_execheap SELinux boolean, run the following command:
$ sudo setsebool -P selinuxuser_execheap off
CCE-91423-4 Enable the selinuxuser_execmod SELinux Boolean By default, the SELinux boolean selinuxuser_execmod is enabled. If this setting is disabled, it should be enabled. To enable the selinuxuser_execmod SELinux boolean, run the following command:
$ sudo setsebool -P selinuxuser_execmod on
CCE-91422-6 Disable the selinuxuser_execstack SELinux Boolean By default, the SELinux boolean selinuxuser_execstack is enabled. This setting should be disabled as unconfined executables should not be able to make their stack executable. To disable the selinuxuser_execstack SELinux boolean, run the following command:
$ sudo setsebool -P selinuxuser_execstack off
CCE-91264-2 Disable the ssh_sysadm_login SELinux Boolean By default, the SELinux boolean ssh_sysadm_login is disabled. If this setting is enabled, it should be disabled. To disable the ssh_sysadm_login SELinux boolean, run the following command:
$ sudo setsebool -P ssh_sysadm_login off
CCE-92463-9 Ensure nonessential services are removed or masked A network port is identified by its number, the associated IP address, and the type of the communication protocol such as TCP or UDP. A listening port is a network port on which an application or process listens on, acting as a communication endpoint. Each listening port can be open or closed (filtered) using a firewall. In general terms, an open port is a network port that accepts incoming packets from remote locations.
Disable Avahi Publishing To prevent Avahi from publishing its records, edit /etc/avahi/avahi-daemon.conf and ensure the following line appears in the [publish] section:
disable-publishing=yes
CCE-92465-4 Uninstall avahi-autoipd Server Package If the system does not need to have an Avahi server which implements the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS protocols, the avahi-autoipd and avahi packages can be uninstalled.
CCE-92464-7 Uninstall avahi Server Package If the system does not need to have an Avahi server which implements the DNS Service Discovery and Multicast DNS protocols, the avahi-autoipd and avahi packages can be uninstalled.
CCE-91321-0 Disable Avahi Server Software The avahi-daemon service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now avahi-daemon.service
CCE-85638-5 Disable KDump Kernel Crash Analyzer (kdump) The kdump service provides a kernel crash dump analyzer. It uses the kexec system call to boot a secondary kernel ("capture" kernel) following a system crash, which can load information from the crashed kernel for analysis. The kdump service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now kdump.service
CCE-91379-8 Install the cron service The Cron service should be installed.
CCE-91437-4 Enable cron Service The crond service is used to execute commands at preconfigured times. It is required by almost all systems to perform necessary maintenance tasks, such as notifying root of system activity. The cron service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable cron.service
CCE-91391-3 Verify Group Who Owns cron.d To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.d, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.d
CCE-91385-5 Verify Group Who Owns cron.daily To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.daily, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.daily
CCE-91382-2 Verify Group Who Owns cron.hourly To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.hourly, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.hourly
CCE-91388-9 Verify Group Who Owns cron.monthly To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.monthly, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.monthly
CCE-91386-3 Verify Group Who Owns cron.weekly To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.weekly, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.weekly
CCE-91380-6 Verify Group Who Owns Crontab To properly set the group owner of /etc/crontab, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/crontab
CCE-91390-5 Verify Owner on cron.d To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.d, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.d 
CCE-91384-8 Verify Owner on cron.daily To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.daily, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.daily 
CCE-91383-0 Verify Owner on cron.hourly To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.hourly, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.hourly 
CCE-91389-7 Verify Owner on cron.monthly To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.monthly, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.monthly 
CCE-91387-1 Verify Owner on cron.weekly To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.weekly, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.weekly 
CCE-91381-4 Verify Owner on crontab To properly set the owner of /etc/crontab, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/crontab 
CCE-91304-6 Verify Permissions on cron.d To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.d, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.d
CCE-91301-2 Verify Permissions on cron.daily To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.daily, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.daily
CCE-91300-4 Verify Permissions on cron.hourly To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.hourly, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.hourly
CCE-91303-8 Verify Permissions on cron.monthly To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.monthly, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.monthly
CCE-91302-0 Verify Permissions on cron.weekly To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.weekly, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.weekly
CCE-91299-8 Verify Permissions on crontab To properly set the permissions of /etc/crontab, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/crontab
CCE-91313-7 Ensure that /etc/at.deny does not exist The file /etc/at.deny should not exist. Use /etc/at.allow instead.
CCE-91314-5 Ensure that /etc/cron.deny does not exist The file /etc/cron.deny should not exist. Use /etc/cron.allow instead.
CCE-91315-2 Verify Group Who Owns /etc/at.allow file If /etc/at.allow exists, it must be group-owned by root. To properly set the group owner of /etc/at.allow, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/at.allow
CCE-91316-0 Verify Group Who Owns /etc/cron.allow file If /etc/cron.allow exists, it must be group-owned by root. To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.allow, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.allow
CCE-91317-8 Verify User Who Owns /etc/at.allow file If /etc/at.allow exists, it must be owned by root. To properly set the owner of /etc/at.allow, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/at.allow 
CCE-91318-6 Verify User Who Owns /etc/cron.allow file If /etc/cron.allow exists, it must be owned by root. To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.allow, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.allow 
CCE-91319-4 Verify Permissions on /etc/at.allow file If /etc/at.allow exists, it must have permissions 0640 or more restrictive. To properly set the permissions of /etc/at.allow, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/at.allow
CCE-91320-2 Verify Permissions on /etc/cron.allow file If /etc/cron.allow exists, it must have permissions 0640 or more restrictive. To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.allow, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/cron.allow
Uninstall the inet-based telnet server The inet-based telnet daemon should be uninstalled.
Uninstall the nis package The support for Yellowpages should not be installed unless it is required.
Uninstall the ntpdate package ntpdate is a historical ntp synchronization client for unixes. It sould be uninstalled.
Uninstall the ssl compliant telnet server The telnet daemon, even with ssl support, should be uninstalled.
Uninstall the telnet server The telnet daemon should be uninstalled.
Minimize the DHCP-Configured Options Create the file /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf, and add an appropriate setting for each of the ten configuration settings which can be obtained via DHCP. For each setting, do one of the following:
If the setting should not be configured remotely by the DHCP server, select an appropriate static value, and add the line:
supersede setting value;
If the setting should be configured remotely by the DHCP server, add the lines:
request setting;
require setting;
For example, suppose the DHCP server should provide only the IP address itself and the subnet mask. Then the entire file should look like:
supersede domain-name "example.com";
supersede domain-name-servers 192.168.1.2;
supersede nis-domain "";
supersede nis-servers "";
supersede ntp-servers "ntp.example.com ";
supersede routers 192.168.1.1;
supersede time-offset -18000;
request subnet-mask;
require subnet-mask;
Minimize Served Information Edit /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf. Examine each address range section within the file, and ensure that the following options are not defined unless there is an operational need to provide this information via DHCP:
option domain-name
option domain-name-servers
option nis-domain
option nis-servers
option ntp-servers
option routers
option time-offset
CCE-92511-5 Uninstall DHCP Client Package If the system does not need to act as a DHCP client, the dhcp-client package can be uninstalled. The dhcp-client package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove dhcp-client
CCE-85759-9 Uninstall DHCP Server Package If the system does not need to act as a DHCP server, the dhcp package can be uninstalled. The dhcp-server package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove dhcp-server
CCE-91363-2 Disable DHCP Service The dhcpd service should be disabled on any system that does not need to act as a DHCP server. The dhcpd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now dhcpd.service
CCE-91285-7 Uninstall bind Package The named service is provided by the bind package. The bind package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove bind
CCE-91365-7 Disable named Service The named service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now named.service
fapolicyd Must be Configured to Limit Access to Users Home Folders fapolicyd needs be configured so that users cannot give access to their home folders to other users.
CCE-85700-3 Uninstall vsftpd Package The vsftpd package can be removed with the following command:
 $ sudo zypper remove vsftpd
CCE-91366-5 Disable vsftpd Service The vsftpd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now vsftpd.service
Configure Firewalls to Protect the FTP Server By default, iptables blocks access to the ports used by the web server. To configure iptables to allow port 21 traffic, one must edit /etc/sysconfig/iptables and /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables (if IPv6 is in use). Add the following line, ensuring that it appears before the final LOG and DROP lines for the INPUT chain:
-A INPUT -m state --state NEW -p tcp --dport 21 -j ACCEPT
Edit the file /etc/sysconfig/iptables-config. Ensure that the space-separated list of modules contains the FTP connection tracking module:
IPTABLES_MODULES="ip_conntrack_ftp"
Limit Users Allowed FTP Access if Necessary If there is a mission-critical reason for users to access their accounts via the insecure FTP protocol, limit the set of users who are allowed this access. Edit the vsftpd configuration file. Add or correct the following configuration options:
userlist_enable=YES
userlist_file=/etc/vsftp.ftpusers
userlist_deny=NO
Edit the file /etc/vsftp.ftpusers. For each user USERNAME who should be allowed to access the system via FTP, add a line containing that user's name:
USERNAME
If anonymous access is also required, add the anonymous usernames to /etc/vsftp.ftpusers as well.
anonymous
ftp
CCE-91286-5 Uninstall httpd Package The httpd package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove httpd
CCE-91367-3 Disable httpd Service The httpd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now httpd.service
CCE-91369-9 Uninstall dovecot Package The dovecot package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove dovecot
CCE-91368-1 Disable Dovecot Service The dovecot service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now dovecot.service
CCE-91310-3 Ensure LDAP client is not installed The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database. The openldap2-client package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove openldap2-client
CCE-91283-2 Uninstall openldap-servers Package The openldap2 package is not installed by default on a SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 system. It is needed only by the OpenLDAP server, not by the clients which use LDAP for authentication. If the system is not intended for use as an LDAP Server it should be removed.
CCE-92519-8 The mailx Package Is Installed A mail server is required for sending emails. The mailx package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install mailx
The Postfix package is installed A mail server is required for sending emails. The postfix package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install postfix
CCE-85761-5 Uninstall Sendmail Package Sendmail is not the default mail transfer agent and is not installed by default. The sendmail package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove sendmail
Enable Postfix Service The Postfix mail transfer agent is used for local mail delivery within the system. The default configuration only listens for connections to the default SMTP port (port 25) on the loopback interface (127.0.0.1). It is recommended to leave this service enabled for local mail delivery. The postfix service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable postfix.service
CCE-85605-4 Configure System to Forward All Mail For The Root Account Make sure that mails delivered to root user are forwarded to a monitored email address. Make sure that the address is a valid email address reachable from the system in question. Use the following command to configure the alias:
$ sudo echo "root: " >> /etc/aliases
$ sudo newaliases
Configure System to Forward All Mail From Postmaster to The Root Account Verify the administrators are notified in the event of an audit processing failure. Check that the "/etc/aliases" file has a defined value for "root".
$ sudo grep "postmaster:\s*root$" /etc/aliases

postmaster: root
Configure System to Forward All Mail through a specific host Set up a relay host that will act as a gateway for all outbound email. Edit the file /etc/postfix/main.cf to ensure that only the following relayhost line appears:
relayhost = 
        
CCE-91280-8 Disable Postfix Network Listening Edit the file /etc/postfix/main.cf to ensure that only the following inet_interfaces line appears:
inet_interfaces = 
        
CCE-91284-0 Uninstall nfs-utils Package The nfs-utils package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove nfs-utils
Disable Network File Systems (netfs) The netfs script manages the boot-time mounting of several types of networked filesystems, of which NFS and Samba are the most common. If these filesystem types are not in use, the script can be disabled, protecting the system somewhat against accidental or malicious changes to /etc/fstab and against flaws in the netfs script itself. The netfs service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now netfs.service
CCE-92467-0 Uninstall rpcbind Package The rpcbind utility maps RPC services to the ports on which they listen. RPC processes notify rpcbind when they start, registering the ports they are listening on and the RPC program numbers they expect to serve. The rpcbind service redirects the client to the proper port number so it can communicate with the requested service. If the system does not require RPC (such as for NFS servers) then this service should be disabled. The rpcbind package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove rpcbind
CCE-91312-9 Disable rpcbind Service The rpcbind utility maps RPC services to the ports on which they listen. RPC processes notify rpcbind when they start, registering the ports they are listening on and the RPC program numbers they expect to serve. The rpcbind service redirects the client to the proper port number so it can communicate with the requested service. If the system does not require RPC (such as for NFS servers) then this service should be disabled. The rpcbind service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now rpcbind.service
CCE-91364-0 Disable Network File System (nfs) The Network File System (NFS) service allows remote hosts to mount and interact with shared filesystems on the local system. If the local system is not designated as a NFS server then this service should be disabled. The nfs-server service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now nfs-server.service
CCE-85636-9 Mount Remote Filesystems with noexec Add the noexec option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any NFS mounts.
CCE-85635-1 Mount Remote Filesystems with nosuid Add the nosuid option to the fourth column of /etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of any NFS mounts.
Ensure All-Squashing Disabled On All Exports The all_squash maps all uids and gids to an anonymous user. This should be disabled by removing any instances of the all_squash option from the file /etc/exports.
CCE-91416-8 Use Kerberos Security on All Exports Using Kerberos on all exported mounts prevents a malicious client or user from impersonating a system user. To cryptography authenticate users to the NFS server, add sec=krb5:krb5i:krb5p to each export in /etc/exports.
CCE-91229-5 The Chrony package is installed System time should be synchronized between all systems in an environment. This is typically done by establishing an authoritative time server or set of servers and having all systems synchronize their clocks to them. The chrony package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install chrony
CCE-91293-1 Install the ntp service The ntpd service should be installed.
The Chronyd service is enabled chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP) is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at https://chrony-project.org/. Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server. To enable Chronyd service, you can run: # systemctl enable chronyd.service This recommendation only applies if chrony is in use on the system.
CCE-85835-7 Enable the NTP Daemon Run the following command to determine the current status of the chronyd service:
$ sudo systemctl is-active chronyd
If the service is running, it should return the following:
active
Note: The chronyd daemon is enabled by default.

Run the following command to determine the current status of the ntpd service:
$ sudo systemctl is-active ntpd
If the service is running, it should return the following:
active
Note: The ntpd daemon is not enabled by default. Though as mentioned in the previous sections in certain environments the ntpd daemon might be preferred to be used rather than the chronyd one. Refer to: https://documentation.suse.com/sles/15-SP1/html/SLES-all/cha-ntp.html for guidance which NTP daemon to choose depending on the environment used.
CCE-91294-9 Enable the NTP Daemon The ntp service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable ntp.service
CCE-91295-6 Enable the NTP Daemon The ntpd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable ntpd.service
CCE-91296-4 Enable systemd_timesyncd Service The systemd_timesyncd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable systemd_timesyncd.service
CCE-85833-2 A remote time server for Chrony is configured Chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at https://chrony-project.org/. Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server. Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate:
server <remote-server>
Multiple servers may be configured.
CCE-92526-3 Chrony Configure Pool and Server Chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at https://chrony-project.org/. Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server. Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate:
server <remote-server>
Multiple servers may be configured.
CCE-83287-3 Configure Time Service Maxpoll Interval The maxpoll should be configured to in /etc/ntp.conf or /etc/chrony.conf (or /etc/chrony.d/) to continuously poll time servers. To configure maxpoll in /etc/ntp.conf or /etc/chrony.conf (or /etc/chrony.d/) add the following after each server, pool or peer entry:
maxpoll 
       
to server directives. If using chrony, any pool directives should be configured too.
CCE-91360-8 Ensure that chronyd is running under chrony user account chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at https://chrony-project.org/. Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server. To ensure that chronyd is running under chrony user account, add or edit the OPTIONS variable in /etc/sysconfig/chronyd to include -u chrony:
OPTIONS="-u chrony"
This recommendation only applies if chrony is in use on the system.
Ensure Chrony is only configured with the server directive Check that Chrony only has time sources configured with the server directive.
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/chrony.keys File To properly set the group owner of /etc/chrony.keys, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp chrony /etc/chrony.keys
Verify User Who Owns /etc/chrony.keys File To properly set the owner of /etc/chrony.keys, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/chrony.keys 
Verify Permissions On /etc/chrony.keys File To properly set the permissions of /etc/chrony.keys, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/chrony.keys
CCE-91297-2 Specify Additional Remote NTP Servers Additional NTP servers can be specified for time synchronization in the file /etc/ntp.conf. To do so, add additional lines of the following form, substituting the IP address or hostname of a remote NTP server for ntpserver:
server ntpserver
       
CCE-91298-0 Specify a Remote NTP Server To specify a remote NTP server for time synchronization, edit the file /etc/ntp.conf. Add or correct the following lines, substituting the IP or hostname of a remote NTP server for ntpserver:
server ntpserver
       
This instructs the NTP software to contact that remote server to obtain time data.
CCE-92538-8 Configure Systemd Timesyncd Servers systemd-timesyncd is a daemon that has been added for synchronizing the system clock across the network. The systemd-timesyncd daemon implements: - Implements an SNTP client - Runs with minimal privileges - Saves the current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been acquired - Is hooked up with networkd to only operate when network connectivity is available Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf as appropriate:
server <remote-server>
Multiple servers may be configured.
CCE-92514-9 Configure Systemd Timesyncd Root Distance Servers systemd-timesyncd server configuration should have RootDistanceMaxSec is listed in accordance with local policy. This setting describes the maximum estimated time required for a packet to travel to the server connected.
CCE-92468-8 Uninstall rsync Package The rsyncd service can be used to synchronize files between systems over network links. The rsync package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove rsync
CCE-91305-3 Ensure rsyncd service is disabled The rsyncd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now rsyncd.service
Install tcp_wrappers Package When network services are using the xinetd service, the tcp_wrappers package should be installed. The tcp_wrappers package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install tcp_wrappers
CCE-92476-1 Uninstall tcpd Package The tcpd package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove tcpd
CCE-91436-6 Uninstall xinetd Package The xinetd package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove xinetd
CCE-91438-2 Disable xinetd Service The xinetd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now xinetd.service
Ensure /etc/hosts.deny is configured The file /etc/hosts.deny together with /etc/hosts.allow provides a simple access control mechanism for network services supporting TCP wrappers. The following line in the file ensures that access to services supporting this mechanism is denied to any clients not mentioned in /etc/hosts.allow:
ALL: ALL
It is advised to inspect available network services which might be affected by modification of file mentioned above prior to performing the remediation of this rule. If there exist services which might be affected and access to them should not be blocked, modify the /etc/hosts.allow file appropriately before performing the remediation.
CCE-91159-4 Remove NIS Client The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages, is a client-server directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration files. The NIS client (ypbind) was used to bind a system to an NIS server and receive the distributed configuration files.
CCE-91160-2 Uninstall ypserv Package The ypserv package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove ypserv
CCE-91425-9 Uninstall rsh-server Package The rsh-server package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove rsh-server
CCE-85760-7 Uninstall rsh Package The rsh package contains the client commands for the rsh services
CCE-91420-0 Disable rexec Service The rexec service, which is available with the rsh-server package and runs as a service through xinetd or separately as a systemd socket, should be disabled. If using xinetd, set disable to yes in /etc/xinetd.d/rexec. The rexec socket can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now rexec.socket
CCE-91419-2 Disable rlogin Service The rlogin service, which is available with the rsh-server package and runs as a service through xinetd or separately as a systemd socket, should be disabled. If using xinetd, set disable to yes in /etc/xinetd.d/rlogin. The rlogin socket can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now rlogin.socket
CCE-85622-9 Remove Host-Based Authentication Files The shosts.equiv file lists remote hosts and users that are trusted by the local system. To remove these files, run the following command to delete them from any location:
$ sudo rm /[path]/[to]/[file]/shosts.equiv
CCE-91431-7 Remove Rsh Trust Files The files /etc/hosts.equiv and ~/.rhosts (in each user's home directory) list remote hosts and users that are trusted by the local system when using the rshd daemon. To remove these files, run the following command to delete them from any location:
$ sudo rm /etc/hosts.equiv
$ rm ~/.rhosts
CCE-85621-1 Remove User Host-Based Authentication Files The ~/.shosts (in each user's home directory) files list remote hosts and users that are trusted by the local system. To remove these files, run the following command to delete them from any location:
$ sudo find / -name '.shosts' -type f -delete
CCE-91433-3 Uninstall talk-server Package The talk-server package can be removed with the following command:
 $ sudo zypper remove talk-server
CCE-91432-5 Uninstall talk Package The talk package contains the client program for the Internet talk protocol, which allows the user to chat with other users on different systems. Talk is a communication program which copies lines from one terminal to the terminal of another user. The talk package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove talk
CCE-83273-3 Uninstall telnet-server Package The telnet-server package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove telnet-server
CCE-91434-1 Remove telnet Clients The telnet client allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.
CCE-91435-8 Disable telnet Service Make sure that the activation of the telnet service on system boot is disabled. The telnet socket can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now telnet.socket
CCE-91227-9 Uninstall tftp-server Package The tftp-server package can be removed with the following command:
 $ sudo zypper remove tftp-server
CCE-91158-6 Remove tftp Daemon Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simple file transfer protocol, typically used to automatically transfer configuration or boot files between systems. TFTP does not support authentication and can be easily hacked. The package tftp is a client program that allows for connections to a tftp server.
Disable tftp Service The tftp service should be disabled. The tftp service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now tftp.service
CCE-92466-2 Uninstall CUPS Package The cups package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove cups
CCE-91322-8 Disable the CUPS Service The cups service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now cups.service
CCE-91372-3 Uninstall squid Package The squid package can be removed with the following command:
 $ sudo zypper remove squid
CCE-91371-5 Disable Squid The squid service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now squid.service
CCE-91418-4 Disable Quagga Service The zebra service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now zebra.service
CCE-91287-3 Uninstall Samba Package The samba package can be removed with the following command:
 $ sudo zypper remove samba
CCE-91370-7 Disable Samba The smb service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now smb.service
CCE-91288-1 Uninstall net-snmp Package The net-snmp package provides the snmpd service. The net-snmp package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove net-snmp
CCE-91373-1 Disable snmpd Service The snmpd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now snmpd.service
Install the OpenSSH Server Package The openssh-server package should be installed. The openssh-server package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install openssh-server
Install the OpenSSH Client and Server Package The openssh package should be installed. The openssh package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper install openssh
Remove the OpenSSH Server Package The openssh-server package should be removed. The openssh-server package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove openssh-server
Remove the OpenSSH Client and Server Package The openssh package should be removed. The openssh package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo zypper remove openssh
CCE-83297-2 Enable the OpenSSH Service The SSH server service, sshd, is commonly needed. The sshd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable sshd.service
Disable SSH Server If Possible The SSH server service, sshd, is commonly needed. However, if it can be disabled, do so. This is unusual, as SSH is a common method for encrypted and authenticated remote access.
CCE-91392-1 Verify Group Who Owns SSH Server config file To properly set the group owner of /etc/ssh/sshd_config, run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/ssh/sshd_config
Verify Group Ownership on SSH Server Private *_key Key Files SSH server private keys, files that match the /etc/ssh/*_key glob, must be group-owned by root group.
Verify Group Ownership on SSH Server Public *.pub Key Files SSH server public keys, files that match the /etc/ssh/*.pub glob, must be group-owned by root group.
CCE-91393-9 Verify Owner on SSH Server config file To properly set the owner of /etc/ssh/sshd_config, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/ssh/sshd_config 
Verify Ownership on SSH Server Private *_key Key Files SSH server private keys, files that match the /etc/ssh/*_key glob, must be owned by root user.
Verify Ownership on SSH Server Public *.pub Key Files SSH server public keys, files that match the /etc/ssh/*.pub glob, must be owned by root user.
CCE-91306-1 Verify Permissions on SSH Server config file To properly set the permissions of /etc/ssh/sshd_config, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/ssh/sshd_config
CCE-85644-3 Verify Permissions on SSH Server Private *_key Key Files SSH server private keys - files that match the /etc/ssh/*_key glob, have to have restricted permissions. If those files are owned by the root user and the root group, they have to have the 0640 permission or stricter.
CCE-85643-5 Verify Permissions on SSH Server Public *.pub Key Files To properly set the permissions of /etc/ssh/*.pub, run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/ssh/*.pub
Remove SSH Server iptables Firewall exception (Unusual) By default, inbound connections to SSH's port are allowed. If the SSH server is not being used, this exception should be removed from the firewall configuration.

Edit the files /etc/sysconfig/iptables and /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables (if IPv6 is in use). In each file, locate and delete the line:
-A INPUT -m state --state NEW -m tcp -p tcp --dport 22 -j ACCEPT
This is unusual, as SSH is a common method for encrypted and authenticated remote access.
CCE-83284-0 Set SSH Client Alive Count Max to zero The SSH server sends at most ClientAliveCountMax messages during a SSH session and waits for a response from the SSH client. The option ClientAliveInterval configures timeout after each ClientAliveCountMax message. If the SSH server does not receive a response from the client, then the connection is considered unresponsive and terminated. To ensure the SSH timeout occurs precisely when the ClientAliveInterval is set, set the ClientAliveCountMax to value of 0 in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
CCE-91228-7 Set SSH Client Alive Count Max The SSH server sends at most ClientAliveCountMax messages during a SSH session and waits for a response from the SSH client. The option ClientAliveInterval configures timeout after each ClientAliveCountMax message. If the SSH server does not receive a response from the client, then the connection is considered unresponsive and terminated. For SSH earlier than v8.2, a ClientAliveCountMax value of 0 causes a timeout precisely when the ClientAliveInterval is set. Starting with v8.2, a value of 0 disables the timeout functionality completely. If the option is set to a number greater than 0, then the session will be disconnected after ClientAliveInterval * ClientAliveCountMax seconds without receiving a keep alive message.
CCE-83281-6 Set SSH Client Alive Interval SSH allows administrators to set a network responsiveness timeout interval. After this interval has passed, the unresponsive client will be automatically logged out.

To set this timeout interval, edit the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows:
ClientAliveInterval 
        


The timeout interval is given in seconds. For example, have a timeout of 10 minutes, set interval to 600.

If a shorter timeout has already been set for the login shell, that value will preempt any SSH setting made in /etc/ssh/sshd_config. Keep in mind that some processes may stop SSH from correctly detecting that the user is idle.
CCE-91439-0 Disable Host-Based Authentication SSH's cryptographic host-based authentication is more secure than .rhosts authentication. However, it is not recommended that hosts unilaterally trust one another, even within an organization.
The default SSH configuration disables host-based authentication. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for HostbasedAuthentication.
To explicitly disable host-based authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
HostbasedAuthentication no
CCE-91440-8 Allow Only SSH Protocol 2 Only SSH protocol version 2 connections should be permitted. The default setting in /etc/ssh/sshd_config is correct, and can be verified by ensuring that the following line appears:
Protocol 2
CCE-85647-6 Disable Compression Or Set Compression to delayed Compression is useful for slow network connections over long distances but can cause performance issues on local LANs. If use of compression is required, it should be enabled only after a user has authenticated; otherwise, it should be disabled. To disable compression or delay compression until after a user has successfully authenticated, add or correct the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file:
Compression 
        
CCE-85667-4 Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords Disallow SSH login with empty passwords. The default SSH configuration disables logins with empty passwords. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for PermitEmptyPasswords.
To explicitly disallow SSH login from accounts with empty passwords, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PermitEmptyPasswords no
Any accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords.
CCE-91441-6 Disable GSSAPI Authentication Unless needed, SSH should not permit extraneous or unnecessary authentication mechanisms like GSSAPI.
The default SSH configuration disallows authentications based on GSSAPI. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for GSSAPIAuthentication.
To explicitly disable GSSAPI authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
GSSAPIAuthentication no
CCE-91442-4 Disable Kerberos Authentication Unless needed, SSH should not permit extraneous or unnecessary authentication mechanisms like Kerberos.
The default SSH configuration disallows authentication validation through Kerberos. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for KerberosAuthentication.
To explicitly disable Kerberos authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
KerberosAuthentication no
Disable PubkeyAuthentication Authentication Unless needed, SSH should not permit extraneous or unnecessary authentication mechanisms. To disable PubkeyAuthentication authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PubkeyAuthentication no
CCE-91307-9 Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files SSH can emulate the behavior of the obsolete rsh command in allowing users to enable insecure access to their accounts via .rhosts files.
The default SSH configuration disables support for .rhosts. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for IgnoreRhosts.
To explicitly disable support for .rhosts files, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
IgnoreRhosts yes
Disable SSH Support for Rhosts RSA Authentication SSH can allow authentication through the obsolete rsh command through the use of the authenticating user's SSH keys. This should be disabled.

To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
RhostsRSAAuthentication no
CCE-85557-7 Disable SSH Root Login The root user should never be allowed to login to a system directly over a network. To disable root login via SSH, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PermitRootLogin no
Disable SSH root Login with a Password (Insecure) To disable password-based root logins over SSH, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PermitRootLogin prohibit-password
CCE-91334-3 Disable SSH TCP Forwarding The AllowTcpForwarding parameter specifies whether TCP forwarding is permitted. To disable TCP forwarding, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
AllowTcpForwarding no
CCE-85642-7 Disable SSH Support for User Known Hosts SSH can allow system users to connect to systems if a cache of the remote systems public keys is available. This should be disabled.

To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
IgnoreUserKnownHosts yes
CCE-85707-8 Disable X11 Forwarding The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic through the connection to enable remote graphic connections. SSH has the capability to encrypt remote X11 connections when SSH's X11Forwarding option is enabled.
The default SSH configuration disables X11Forwarding. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for X11Forwarding.
To explicitly disable X11 Forwarding, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
X11Forwarding no
CCE-85666-6 Do Not Allow SSH Environment Options Ensure that users are not able to override environment variables of the SSH daemon.
The default SSH configuration disables environment processing. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for PermitUserEnvironment.
To explicitly disable Environment options, add or correct the following /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PermitUserEnvironment no
Enable GSSAPI Authentication Sites setup to use Kerberos or other GSSAPI Authenticaion require setting sshd to accept this authentication. To enable GSSAPI authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
GSSAPIAuthentication yes
CCE-91333-5 Enable PAM UsePAM Enables the Pluggable Authentication Module interface. If set to “yes” this will enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and PasswordAuthentication in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all authentication types. To enable PAM authentication, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
UsePAM yes
Enable Public Key Authentication Enable SSH login with public keys.
The default SSH configuration enables authentication based on public keys. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for PubkeyAuthentication.
To explicitly enable Public Key Authentication, add or correct the following /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PubkeyAuthentication yes
CCE-85645-0 Enable Use of Strict Mode Checking SSHs StrictModes option checks file and ownership permissions in the user's home directory .ssh folder before accepting login. If world- writable permissions are found, logon is rejected.
The default SSH configuration has StrictModes enabled. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for StrictModes.
To explicitly enable StrictModes in SSH, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
StrictModes yes
CCE-83263-4 Enable SSH Warning Banner To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent across the system, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
Banner /etc/issue
Another section contains information on how to create an appropriate system-wide warning banner.
Enable SSH Warning Banner To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent across the system, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
Banner /etc/issue.net
Another section contains information on how to create an appropriate system-wide warning banner.
Enable Encrypted X11 Forwarding By default, remote X11 connections are not encrypted when initiated by users. SSH has the capability to encrypt remote X11 connections when SSH's X11Forwarding option is enabled.

To enable X11 Forwarding, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
X11Forwarding yes
CCE-91343-4 Limit Users' SSH Access By default, the SSH configuration allows any user with an account to access the system. There are several options available to limit which users and group can access the system via SSH. It is recommended that at least one of the following options be leveraged: - AllowUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically allowing a user's access only from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - AllowGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable. - DenyUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically denying a user's access from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - DenyGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable.
CCE-85563-5 Enable SSH Print Last Log Ensure that SSH will display the date and time of the last successful account logon.
The default SSH configuration enables print of the date and time of the last login. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for PrintLastLog.
To explicitly enable LastLog in SSH, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
PrintLastLog yes
Force frequent session key renegotiation The RekeyLimit parameter specifies how often the session key of the is renegotiated, both in terms of amount of data that may be transmitted and the time elapsed.
To decrease the default limits, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
RekeyLimit 
         
        
CCE-91397-0 Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is configured The LoginGraceTime parameter to the SSH server specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to appropriate limits to ensure the service is available for needed access.
CCE-91394-7 Set LogLevel to INFO The INFO parameter specifices that record login and logout activity will be logged.
The default SSH configuration sets the log level to INFO. The appropriate configuration is used if no value is set for LogLevel.
To explicitly specify the log level in SSH, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
LogLevel INFO
CCE-83270-9 Set SSH Daemon LogLevel to VERBOSE The VERBOSE parameter configures the SSH daemon to record login and logout activity. To specify the log level in SSH, add or correct the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config:
LogLevel VERBOSE
CCE-91332-7 Set SSH authentication attempt limit The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged. to set MaxAUthTries edit /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows:
MaxAuthTries 
        
CCE-91309-5 Set SSH MaxSessions limit The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted from a given connection. To set MaxSessions edit /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows:
MaxSessions 
        
CCE-91308-7 Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon. Additional connections will be dropped until authentication succeeds or the LoginGraceTime expires for a connection. To configure MaxStartups, you should add or edit the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file:
MaxStartups 
        
CCE-91337-6 Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated Ciphers Limit the ciphers to those algorithms which are FIPS-approved. Counter (CTR) mode is also preferred over cipher-block chaining (CBC) mode. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of FIPS-approved ciphers:
Ciphers aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc
The man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported ciphers. The rule is parametrized to use the following ciphers: .
CCE-83271-7 Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated Ciphers Limit the ciphers to those algorithms which are FIPS-approved. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of FIPS-approved ciphers:
Ciphers aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr
This rule ensures that there are configured ciphers mentioned above (or their subset), keeping the given order of algorithms.
CCE-92505-7 Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated Key Exchange Algorithms Limit the key exchange algorithms to those which are FIPS-approved. Add or modify the following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config
KexAlgorithms ecdh-sha2-nistp256,ecdh-sha2-nistp384,ecdh-sha2-nistp521,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
This rule ensures that only the key exchange algorithms mentioned above (or their subset) are configured for use, keeping the given order of algorithms.
CCE-91338-4 Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated MACs Limit the MACs to those hash algorithms which are FIPS-approved. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of FIPS-approved MACs:
MACs hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256
The man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported MACs. The rule is parametrized to use the following MACs: .
CCE-83280-8 Use Only FIPS 140-2 Validated MACs Limit the MACs to those hash algorithms which are FIPS-approved. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of FIPS-approved MACs:
MACs hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256
This rule ensures that there are configured MACs mentioned above (or their subset), keeping the given order of algorithms.
CCE-85646-8 Enable Use of Privilege Separation When enabled, SSH will create an unprivileged child process that has the privilege of the authenticated user. To enable privilege separation in SSH, add or correct the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file:
UsePrivilegeSeparation 
        
CCE-91395-4 Use Only Strong Ciphers Limit the ciphers to strong algorithms. Counter (CTR) mode is also preferred over cipher-block chaining (CBC) mode. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of those ciphers:
Ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr
The man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported ciphers.
CCE-92626-1 Use Only Strong Key Exchange algorithms Limit the Key Exchange to strong algorithms. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of those:
KexAlgorithms 
        
CCE-91396-2 Use Only Strong MACs Limit the MACs to strong hash algorithms. The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use of those MACs:
MACs 
        
CCE-83295-6 Configure SSSD's Memory Cache to Expire SSSD's memory cache should be configured to set to expire records after seconds. To configure SSSD to expire memory cache, set memcache_timeout to under the [nss] section in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf. For example:
[nss]
memcache_timeout = 
       
CCE-83296-4 Configure SSSD to Expire Offline Credentials SSSD should be configured to expire offline credentials after 1 day. To configure SSSD to expire offline credentials, set offline_credentials_expiration to 1 under the [pam] section in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf. For example:
[pam]
offline_credentials_expiration = 1
CCE-91361-6 Remove the X Windows Package Group By removing the xorg-x11-server-common package, the system no longer has X Windows installed. If X Windows is not installed then the system cannot boot into graphical user mode. This prevents the system from being accidentally or maliciously booted into a graphical.target mode. To do so, run the following command:
$ sudo zypper groupremove "X Window System"
$ sudo zypper remove xorg-x11-server-common
CCE-91362-4 Disable graphical user interface By removing the following packages, the system no longer has X Windows installed. xorg-x11-server-Xorg xorg-x11-server-common xorg-x11-server-utils xorg-x11-server-Xwayland If X Windows is not installed then the system cannot boot into graphical user mode. This prevents the system from being accidentally or maliciously booted into a graphical.target mode. To do so, run the following command:
sudo zypper remove xorg-x11-server-Xorg xorg-x11-server-common xorg-x11-server-utils xorg-x11-server-Xwayland
Disable X Windows Startup By Setting Default Target Systems that do not require a graphical user interface should only boot by default into multi-user.target mode. This prevents accidental booting of the system into a graphical.target mode. Setting the system's default target to multi-user.target will prevent automatic startup of the X server. To do so, run:
$ systemctl set-default multi-user.target
You should see the following output:
Removed symlink /etc/systemd/system/default.target.
Created symlink from /etc/systemd/system/default.target to /usr/lib/systemd/system/multi-user.target.
CCE-85613-8 Ensure the default plugins for the audit dispatcher are Installed The audit-audispd-plugins package should be installed.
CCE-92478-7 Ensure the libaudit1 package as a part of audit Subsystem is Installed The libaudit1 package should be installed.
CCE-85612-0 Ensure the audit Subsystem is Installed The audit package should be installed.
CCE-85581-7 Enable auditd Service The auditd service is an essential userspace component of the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to disk. The auditd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable auditd.service
CCE-85832-4 Enable Auditing for Processes Which Start Prior to the Audit Daemon To ensure all processes can be audited, even those which start prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit=1 to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain audit=1 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) audit=1"
CCE-91374-9 Extend Audit Backlog Limit for the Audit Daemon To improve the kernel capacity to queue all log events, even those which occurred prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit_backlog_limit=8192 to the default GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system. Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain audit_backlog_limit=8192 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) audit_backlog_limit=8192"
CCE-85706-0 Remove Default Configuration to Disable Syscall Auditing By default, SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 ships an audit rule to disable syscall auditing for performance reasons. To make sure that syscall auditing works, this line must be removed from /etc/audit/rules.d/audit.rules and /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a task,never
CCE-85831-6 Make the auditd Configuration Immutable If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to make the auditd configuration immutable:
-e 2
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to make the auditd configuration immutable:
-e 2
With this setting, a reboot will be required to change any audit rules.
CCE-85830-8 Record Events that Modify the System's Mandatory Access Controls If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
CCE-92515-6 Record Events that Modify the System's Mandatory Access Controls in usr/share If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /usr/share/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /usr/share/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
CCE-85718-5 Ensure auditd Collects Information on Exporting to Media (successful) At a minimum, the audit system should collect media exportation events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=export
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S mount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=export
CCE-85828-2 Record Events that Modify the System's Network Environment If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
CCE-85829-0 Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information The audit system already collects process information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
CCE-85758-1 Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information btmp The audit system already collects process information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
CCE-85714-4 Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information utmp The audit system already collects process information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /run/utmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /run/utmp -p wa -k session
CCE-85757-3 Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information wtmp The audit system already collects process information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
 -w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing such process information:
 -w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
CCE-85611-2 Record Events When Privileged Executables Are Run Verify the system generates an audit record when privileged functions are executed. If audit is using the "auditctl" tool to load the rules, run the following command:
$ sudo grep execve /etc/audit/audit.rules
If audit is using the "augenrules" tool to load the rules, run the following command:
$ sudo grep -r execve /etc/audit/rules.d
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S execve -C uid!=euid -F euid=0 -k setuid
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S execve -C uid!=euid -F euid=0 -k setuid
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S execve -C gid!=egid -F egid=0 -k setgid
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S execve -C gid!=egid -F egid=0 -k setgid
If both the "b32" and "b64" audit rules for "SUID" files are not defined, this is a finding. If both the "b32" and "b64" audit rules for "SGID" files are not defined, this is a finding.
CCE-85679-9 Ensure auditd Collects System Administrator Actions At a minimum, the audit system should collect administrator actions for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
-w /etc/sudoers.d/ -p wa -k actions
CCE-85774-8 Shutdown System When Auditing Failures Occur If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to to the bottom of a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-f 
       
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to the bottom of the /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-f 
       
CCE-91292-3 Record Events that Modify User/Group Information If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, in order to capture events that modify account changes:
-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify account changes:
-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
CCE-85578-3 Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/group If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
CCE-85580-9 Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/gshadow If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
CCE-85728-4 Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/security/opasswd If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
CCE-85577-5 Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/passwd If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
CCE-85579-1 Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/shadow If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify account changes:

-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
CCE-92551-1 Record Attempts to perform maintenance activities The SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 operating system must generate audit records for privileged activities, nonlocal maintenance, diagnostic sessions and other system-level access. Verify the operating system audits activities performed during nonlocal maintenance and diagnostic sessions. Run the following command:
$ sudo auditctl -l | grep sudo.log
-w /var/log/sudo.log -p wa -k maintenance
System Audit Logs Must Have Mode 0750 or Less Permissive If log_group in /etc/audit/auditd.conf is set to a group other than the root group account, change the mode of the audit log files with the following command:
$ sudo chmod 0750 /var/log/audit

Otherwise, change the mode of the audit log files with the following command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /var/log/audit
Audit Configuration Files Must Be Owned By Group root All audit configuration files must be owned by group root.
chown :root /etc/audit/audit*.{rules,conf} /etc/audit/rules.d/*
Audit Configuration Files Must Be Owned By Root All audit configuration files must be owned by root user. To properly set the owner of /etc/audit/, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/audit/ 
To properly set the owner of /etc/audit/rules.d/, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/audit/rules.d/ 
CCE-85810-0 System Audit Logs Must Be Owned By Root All audit logs must be owned by root user and group. By default, the path for audit log is
/var/log/audit/
. To properly set the owner of /var/log/audit, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /var/log/audit 
To properly set the owner of /var/log/audit/*, run the command:
$ sudo chown root /var/log/audit/* 
Audit Configuration Files Permissions are 640 or More Restrictive All audit configuration files permissions must be 640 or more restrictive.
chmod 0640 /etc/audit/audit*.{rules,conf} /etc/audit/rules.d/*
CCE-85811-8 System Audit Logs Must Have Mode 0640 or Less Permissive If log_group in /etc/audit/auditd.conf is set to a group other than the root group account, change the mode of the audit log files with the following command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 audit_file
       

Otherwise, change the mode of the audit log files with the following command:
$ sudo chmod 0600 audit_file
       
CCE-85693-0 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - chmod At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85690-6 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - chown At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85694-8 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchmod At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85695-5 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchmodat At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85721-9 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchown At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85692-2 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fchownat At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85686-4 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fremovexattr At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root.

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85688-0 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - fsetxattr At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85691-4 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - lchown At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lchown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85685-6 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - lremovexattr At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root.

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85689-8 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - lsetxattr At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85684-9 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - removexattr At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root.

If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod


If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85687-2 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - setxattr At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85734-2 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - umount At a minimum, the audit system should collect file system umount changes. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-91250-1 Record Events that Modify the System's Discretionary Access Controls - umount2 At a minimum, the audit system should collect file system umount2 changes. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S umount2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod
CCE-85595-7 Record Any Attempts to Run chacl At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the chacl command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85593-2 Record Any Attempts to Run chmod At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the chmod command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chmod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chmod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85594-0 Record Any Attempts to Run setfacl At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the setfacl command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/setfacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/setfacl -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85716-9 Record Any Attempts to Run chcon At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the chcon command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chcon -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chcon -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85817-5 Record Any Attempts to Run restorecon At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the restorecon command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/restorecon -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/restorecon -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85596-5 Record Any Attempts to Run rm At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the rm command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/rm -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/rm -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85819-1 Record Any Attempts to Run semanage At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the semanage command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/semanage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/semanage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85818-3 Record Any Attempts to Run setsebool At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the setsebool command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/setsebool -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/setsebool -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85767-2 Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User At a minimum the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename,renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir,unlink,unlinkat,rename -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
CCE-85768-0 Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - rename At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rename -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rename -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
CCE-85769-8 Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - renameat At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
CCE-85770-6 Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - rmdir At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S rmdir -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
CCE-85771-4 Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - unlink At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlink -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlink -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
CCE-85772-2 Ensure auditd Collects File Deletion Events by User - unlinkat At a minimum, the audit system should collect file deletion events for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlinkat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S unlinkat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=delete
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - chmod At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
CCE-91246-9 Ensure auditd Collects Unauthorized Access Attempts to Files (unsuccessful) At a minimum the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
CCE-85681-5 Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - creat At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
CCE-85696-3 Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - ftruncate At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
CCE-85680-7 Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - open At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
CCE-85683-1 Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - open_by_handle_at At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open_by_handle_at -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
CCE-85682-3 Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - openat At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S openat -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
CCE-85701-1 Record Unsuccessful Delete Attempts to Files - rename The audit system should collect unsuccessful file deletion attempts for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file.
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=unsuccessful-delete
CCE-85702-9 Record Unsuccessful Delete Attempts to Files - renameat The operating system must generate audit records for all uses of the renameat system call. Without generating audit records specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter). Add or update the following lines to /etc/audit/rules.d/audit.rules to configure the operating system to generate an audit record for all uses of the renameat system call:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -k perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S renameat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=4294967295 -k perm_mod
CCE-85726-8 Record Unsuccessful Delete Attempts to Files - renameat2 The operating system must generate audit records for all uses of the renameat2 system call. Without generating audit records specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter). Add or update the following lines to /etc/audit/rules.d/audit.rules to configure the operating system to generate an audit record for all uses of the renameat2 system call:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S renameat2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=-1 -k perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S renameat2 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=-1 -k perm_mod
CCE-85608-8 Record Unsuccessful Access Attempts to Files - truncate At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S truncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
CCE-85703-7 Record Unsuccessful Delete Attempts to Files - unlink The operating system must generate audit records for all uses of the unlink system call. Without generating audit records specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter). Add or update the following lines to /etc/audit/rules.d/audit.rules to configure the operating system to generate an audit record for all uses of the unlink system call:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlink -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=-1 -k perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlink -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=-1 -k perm_mod 
CCE-85704-5 Record Unsuccessful Delete Attempts to Files - unlinkat The operating system must generate audit records for all uses of the unlinkat system call. Without generating audit records specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter). Add or update the following lines to /etc/audit/rules.d/audit.rules to configure the operating system to generate an audit record for all uses of the unlinkat system call:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlinkat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=-1 -k perm_mod
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlinkat -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=-1 -k perm_mod
CCE-91247-7 Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading and Unloading To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use following lines, setting ARCH to either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module,finit_module,delete_module -F key=modules
The place to add the lines depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the lines to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.
CCE-85748-2 Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Unloading - delete_module To capture kernel module unloading events, use following line, setting ARCH to either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S delete_module -F key=modules
Place to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.
CCE-85749-0 Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading and Unloading - finit_module If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d to capture kernel module loading and unloading events, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S finit_module -F key=modules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to capture kernel module loading and unloading events, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S finit_module -F key=modules
CCE-85750-8 Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading - init_module To capture kernel module loading events, use following line, setting ARCH to either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module -F key=modules
Place to add the line depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured to use the augenrules program (the default), add the line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility, add the line to file /etc/audit/audit.rules.
CCE-91449-9 Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - faillock The audit system already collects login information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w  -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w  -p wa -k logins
CCE-92576-8 Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - faillog The audit system already collects login information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/faillog -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/faillog -p wa -k logins
CCE-85598-1 Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - lastlog The audit system already collects login information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
CCE-85597-3 Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - tallylog The audit system already collects login information for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k logins
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - init At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/init -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/init -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - poweroff At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/poweroff -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/poweroff -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - reboot At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/reboot -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/reboot -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - shutdown At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/shutdown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/shutdown -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-91251-9 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands The audit system should collect information about usage of privileged commands for all users. These are commands with suid or sgid bits on and they are specially risky in local block device partitions not mounted with noexec and nosuid options. Therefore, these partitions should be first identified by the following command:
findmnt -n -l -k -it $(awk '/nodev/ { print $2 }' /proc/filesystems | paste -sd,) | grep -Pv "noexec|nosuid"
For all partitions listed by the previous command, it is necessary to search for setuid / setgid programs using the following command:
$ sudo find PARTITION -xdev -perm /6000 -type f 2>/dev/null
For each setuid / setgid program identified by the previous command, an audit rule must be present in the appropriate place using the following line structure:
-a always,exit -F path=PROG_PATH -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the line to a file with suffix .rules in the /etc/audit/rules.d directory, replacing the PROG_PATH part with the full path of that setuid / setgid identified program. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility instead, add the line to the /etc/audit/audit.rules file, also replacing the PROG_PATH part with the full path of that setuid / setgid identified program.
CCE-85587-4 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - chage At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chage -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85589-0 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - chfn At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chfn -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chfn -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85586-6 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - chsh At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chsh -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chsh -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85588-2 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - crontab At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/crontab -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85584-1 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - gpasswd At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/gpasswd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85744-1 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - insmod At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /sbin/insmod -p x -k modules
CCE-85591-6 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - kmod At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /usr/bin/kmod -p x -k modules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /usr/bin/kmod -p x -k modules
CCE-85731-8 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - modprobe At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - mount At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/mount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85585-8 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - newgrp At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/newgrp -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85601-3 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - pam_timestamp_check At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/pam_timestamp_check
-F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/pam_timestamp_check
-F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85599-9 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - passmass At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/passmass -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/passmass -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85583-3 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - passwd At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/passwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85820-9 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - postdrop At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/postdrop -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/postdrop -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85821-7 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - postqueue At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/postqueue -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/postqueue -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85732-6 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - rmmod At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules
CCE-85590-8 Record Any Attempts to Run ssh-agent At a minimum, the audit system should collect any execution attempt of the ssh-agent command for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/ssh-agent -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -k privileged-ssh-agent
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/ssh-agent -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -k privileged-ssh-agent
CCE-85582-5 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - ssh-keysign At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/lib/ssh/ssh-keysign -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/lib/ssh/ssh-keysign -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85602-1 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - su At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/su -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/su -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85603-9 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - sudo At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85717-7 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - sudoedit At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudoedit -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudoedit -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-91450-7 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - umount At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/umount -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85762-3 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - unix2_chkpwd At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/unix2_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/sbin/unix2_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85727-6 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - unix_chkpwd At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/unix_chkpwd -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85773-0 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - userhelper At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/userhelper -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85600-5 Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - usermod At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/usermod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following form to /etc/audit/audit.rules:
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/usermod -F perm=x -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
CCE-85814-2 Record attempts to alter time through adjtimex If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
CCE-85816-7 Record Attempts to Alter Time Through clock_settime If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
CCE-85813-4 Record attempts to alter time through settimeofday If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
CCE-85815-9 Record Attempts to Alter Time Through stime If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S stime -F key=audit_time_rules
Since the 64 bit version of the "stime" system call is not defined in the audit lookup table, the corresponding "-F arch=b64" form of this rule is not expected to be defined on 64 bit systems (the aforementioned "-F arch=b32" stime rule form itself is sufficient for both 32 bit and 64 bit systems). The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined system calls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
CCE-85812-6 Record Attempts to Alter the localtime File If the auditd daemon is configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d:
-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to /etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/localtime -p wa -k audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport and should always be used.
CCE-85615-3 Configure audispd Plugin To Send Logs To Remote Server Configure the audispd plugin to off-load audit records onto a different system or media from the system being audited. Set the remote_server option in
/etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf
with an IP address or hostname of the system that the audispd plugin should send audit records to. For example
remote_server = 
       
CCE-85697-1 Configure a Sufficiently Large Partition for Audit Logs The SUSE Linux Enterprise 15 operating system must allocate audit record storage capacity to store at least one weeks worth of audit records when audit records are not immediately sent to a central audit record storage facility. The partition size needed to capture a week's worth of audit records is based on the activity level of the system and the total storage capacity available. In normal circumstances, 10.0 GB of storage space for audit records will be sufficient. Determine which partition the audit records are being written to with the following command:
$ sudo grep log_file /etc/audit/auditd.conf
log_file = /var/log/audit/audit.log
Check the size of the partition that audit records are written to with the following command:
$ sudo df -h /var/log/audit/
/dev/sda2 24G 10.4G 13.6G 43% /var/log/audit
CCE-85617-9 Configure audispd's Plugin disk_full_action When Disk Is Full Configure the action the operating system takes if the disk the audit records are written to becomes full. Edit the file /etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_full_action = ACTION
       
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include syslog and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined.
CCE-85614-6 Encrypt Audit Records Sent With audispd Plugin Configure the operating system to encrypt the transfer of off-loaded audit records onto a different system or media from the system being audited. Set the transport option in
/etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf
to KRB5.
CCE-85705-2 Configure audispd's Plugin network_failure_action On Network Failure Configure the action the operating system takes if there is an error sending audit records to a remote system. Edit the file /etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
network_failure_action = ACTION
       
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include syslog and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. This profile configures the action to be .
CCE-85779-7 Configure auditd to use audispd's syslog plugin To configure the auditd service to use the syslog plug-in of the audispd audit event multiplexor, set the active line in /etc/audit/plugins.d/syslog.conf to yes. Restart the auditd service:
$ sudo service auditd restart
Configure auditd Disk Error Action on Disk Error The auditd service can be configured to take an action when there is a disk error. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_error_action = ACTION
       
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single-user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include syslog, exec, single, and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.
Configure auditd Disk Error Action on Disk Error The auditd service can be configured to take an action when there is a disk error. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_error_action = ACTION
       
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single-user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include syslog, exec, single, and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.
CCE-85606-2 Configure auditd Disk Full Action when Disk Space Is Full The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_full_action = ACTION
       
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single-user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include syslog, single, and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.
Configure auditd Disk Full Action when Disk Space Is Full The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_full_action = ACTION
       
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single-user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include syslog, single, and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.
CCE-85604-7 Configure auditd mail_acct Action on Low Disk Space The auditd service can be configured to send email to a designated account in certain situations. Add or correct the following line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf to ensure that administrators are notified via email for those situations:
action_mail_acct = 
       
CCE-85824-1 Configure auditd admin_space_left Action on Low Disk Space The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
admin_space_left_action = ACTION
       
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single user mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include suspend and halt. For certain systems, the need for availability outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.
CCE-85775-5 Configure auditd flush priority The auditd service can be configured to synchronously write audit event data to disk. Add or correct the following line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf to ensure that audit event data is fully synchronized with the log files on the disk:
flush = 
       
CCE-85825-8 Configure auditd Max Log File Size Determine the amount of audit data (in megabytes) which should be retained in each log file. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting the correct value of for STOREMB:
max_log_file = STOREMB
       
Set the value to 6 (MB) or higher for general-purpose systems. Larger values, of course, support retention of even more audit data.
CCE-85778-9 Configure auditd max_log_file_action Upon Reaching Maximum Log Size The default action to take when the logs reach their maximum size is to rotate the log files, discarding the oldest one. To configure the action taken by auditd, add or correct the line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf:
max_log_file_action = ACTION
       
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page. These include:
  • ignore
  • syslog
  • suspend
  • rotate
  • keep_logs
Set the ACTION to . The setting is case-insensitive.
CCE-85616-1 Configure auditd space_left on Low Disk Space The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Add or modify the following line, substituting SIZE_in_MB appropriately:
space_left = SIZE_in_MB
       
Set this value to the appropriate size in Megabytes cause the system to notify the user of an issue.
CCE-85823-3 Configure auditd space_left Action on Low Disk Space The auditd service can be configured to take an action when disk space starts to run low. Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
space_left_action = ACTION
       
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page. These include:
  • syslog
  • email
  • exec
  • suspend
  • single
  • halt
Set this to email (instead of the default, which is suspend) as it is more likely to get prompt attention. Acceptable values also include suspend, single, and halt.
Set number of records to cause an explicit flush to audit logs To configure Audit daemon to issue an explicit flush to disk command after writing records, set freq to in /etc/audit/auditd.conf.
Include Local Events in Audit Logs To configure Audit daemon to include local events in Audit logs, set local_events to yes in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. This is the default setting.
Resolve information before writing to audit logs To configure Audit daemon to resolve all uid, gid, syscall, architecture, and socket address information before writing the events to disk, set log_format to ENRICHED in /etc/audit/auditd.conf.
Appropriate Action Must be Setup When the Internal Audit Event Queue is Full The audit system should have an action setup in the event the internal event queue becomes full. To setup an overflow action edit /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Set overflow_action to one of the following values: syslog, single, halt.
Write Audit Logs to the Disk To configure Audit daemon to write Audit logs to the disk, set write_logs to yes in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. This is the default setting.